ANTHROPOLOGY 13-01 & 13-02 SPRING SEMESTER 2003	Dr. Charles F. Urbanowicz / Professor of Anthropology
Guidebook for Human Cultural Diversity	California State University, Chico / Office: Butte 317
ANTH 13-01} MWF} Ayres Hall 106} 8->8:50am [TRACS #10145] ANTH 13-02} MWF} Butte Hall 319} 12 -> 12:50pm [TRACS 10146]	Office Hours} Mon + Wed} 9->10am & 3->4:30pm and by appointment; Office Phone: (530) 898-6220 / Dept: (530) 898-6192
e-mail: curbanowicz@csuchico.edu	http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/

© [Copyright: All Rights Reserved] Charles F. Urbanowicz/January 27, 2003} This copyrighted Web Guidebook, printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_13-SP2003.html, is intended for use by students enrolled at California State University, Chico, in the Spring Semester of 2003 and unauthorized use / reproduction in any manner is definitely prohibited.

DESCRIPTION: The course explores culture as the basis for understanding the human experience, including an examination of cross-cultural diversity. This is an approved General Education course. This is an approved Non-Western course. (The 2001-2003 University Catalog, page 196).

THREE REQUIRED TEXTS:
Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict: Readings in Cultural Anthropology (11th Edition)
George R. Stewart, 1949, Earth Abides.
Charles F. Urbanowicz, Spring 2003 edition, Anthropology 13 Guidebook [also available at http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_13-SP2003.html].

THREE RECOMMENDED ITEMS:
Any English Language Dictionary.
William A. Strunk, Jr., 2000, The Elements of Style (4th edition).
The World Almanac and Book of Facts 2003.

ASSESSMENT: Make-up exams are only allowed IF there has been a documented emergency: likewise, your Writing Assignment is DUE on March 28, 2003 and will ONLY be accepted late IF there has been a documented and extreme emergency: NOTE} failure of your computer to print out the Writing Assignment that morning is not, REPEAT, is not an emergency! In an emergency, please contact Urbanowicz as soon as possible b.e.f.o.r.e. or after the emergency! Please note the following dates (and look at dates & requirements for your other courses):

EXAM I (20%) Friday} 2/28/2003	ON February 28, 2003 (20%) at the end of Week 5; based on readings and lectures to February 26, 2003.
SPRING BREAK	March 17, 2003 -> March 21, 2003 [Week 8]
WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%) Friday} 3/28/2003	DUE March 28, 2003 (20%) at the end of Week 9. (Please see Guidebook for information )
EXAM II (25%) Friday} April 18, 2003	ON April 18, 2003 (25%) at the end of Week 12; based on readings and lectures since March 3, 2003.
EXAM III} 13-02} (30%) [WEDNESDAY 5/21/2003 EXAM III} 13-01} (30%) [FRIDAY 5/23/2003	On WEDNESDAY or FRIDAY: based on readings and lectures since April 21, 2003 and major points and Earth Abides.
CLASS PARTICIPATION (5%)	27 January 2003 ->16 May 2003 (5%).

THE COURSE is heavily mediated and you are responsible for certain information presented in this manner. Individuals are expected to locate major land masses discussed in lectures, readings, visuals, etc. Each examination has a map component based on the maps in one of the required texts: Anthropology 13 Guidebook. You are also responsible for selected information distributed in any additional handouts that might be distributed for the course. Your Writing Assignment should be approximately 2000 words. The single Writing Assignment must be typed and/or word-processed and double-spaced. PLEASE NOTE: Various WWW addresses are provided and they will be expanded upon throughout the semester, but at this time no examination questions will be based on these WWW locations: they are shared with you for exploration on your own. ALSO NOTE: At various times throughout the semester, this web-page will be updated and you may be responsible for some of the information provided to you in these updates. [The above paragraph contains ~157 words.]

NOTE: If you have a documented disability that may require reasonable accommodations, please contact Disability Support Services (DSS) for coordination of your academic accommodations. DSS is located in Building E. Building E is adjacent to Meriam Library and Bell Memorial Union (BMU). The DSS phone number is 898-5959 V/TTY or FAX 898-4411. Visit the DSS website at http://www.csuchico.edu/dss/.

PLEASE REMEMBER: The ANTHROPOLOGY FORUM (ANTH 297-01} #10186) for One Unit every Thursday from 4 -> 4:50pm in Ayres Hall 120.

The Functions of Grading: Underlying the rationale for grades is the theme of communication. Grades communicate one or more of the following functions:

1. To recognize that classroom instructors have the right and responsibility to provide careful evaluation of student performance and the responsibility for timely assignment of appropriate grades;
2. To recognize performance in a particular course;
3. To act as a basis of screening for other courses or programs (including graduate school);
4. To inform you of your level of achievement in a specific course; To stimulate you to learn;
5. To inform prospective employers and others of your achievement.

DEFINITION OF LETTER GRADING SYMBOLS:

A -- Superior Work: A level of achievement so outstanding that it is normally attained by relatively few students.
B -- Very Good Work: A high level of achievement clearly better than adequate competence in the subject matter/skill, but not as good as the unusual, superior achievement of students earning an A.
C -- Adequate Work: A level of achievement indicating adequate competence in the subject matter/skill. This level will usually be met by a majority of students in the class.
D -- Minimally Acceptable Work: A level of achievement which meets the minimum requirements of the course.
F -- Unacceptable Work: A level of achievement that fails to meet the minimum requirements of the course. Not passing.

SPECIAL: Spring 2003 Certain Statements

1. WEEK 1: Beginning Monday, January 27, 2003: INTRODUCTION & OVERVIEW TO THE COURSE.

2. WEEK 2: Beginning Monday, February 3, 2003: WHAT DOES AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO FOR A LIVING? 

3. WEEK 3: Beginning Monday, February 10, 2003: CULTURE & ETHNOGRAPHY (CONTINUED)

SPECIAL: Notes on California / Chico

SPECIAL: Notes on Charles Darwin (1809-1882)

SPECIAL: Spring 2003 "Current Events"

4. WEEK 4: Beginning Monday, February 17, 2003: RESEARCH, ECOLOGY, & INTO LANGUAGE

SPECIAL: Anthropology & Cyberspace

5. WEEK 5: Beginning Monday, February 24, 2003: LANGUAGE, COMMUNICATION, & REVIEW, and EXAM I (20%) on Friday September 27, 2002.

6. WEEK 6: Beginning Monday, March 3, 2003: ECOLOGY & SUBSISTENCE (CONTINUED).

SPECIAL: The Nacirema.

7. WEEK 7: Beginning Monday, March 10, 2003: ECONOMICS & KINSHIP & FAMILY & MAGIC & RELIGION.

SPECIAL: Writing Assignment Instructions.

SPECIAL: Anthropology Journals at California State University, Chico.

8. WEEK 8: SPRING BREAK! (March 17 -> 21, 2003)

9. WEEK 9: Beginning Monday, March 24, 2003: ROLES & INEQUALITY & ECONOMICS & CHANGE & YOUR WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%) DUE Friday March 28, 2003. 

10. WEEK 10: NO CLASS March 31, 2003 (Monday) then Wed + Fri: WEEK #9 TOPICS CONTINUED & CULTURE CHANGE.

11. WEEK 11: Beginning Monday, April 7, 2003: CULTURE CHANGE, APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY, AND TECHNOLOGY. 

12. WEEK 12: Beginning Monday, April 14, 2003: CULTURE CHANGE CONTINUED AND REVIEW ON WEDNESDAY April 16, 2003 and EXAM II (25%) on FRIDAY April 18, 2003. 

13. WEEK 13: Beginning Monday, April 21, 2003: LAW & POLITICS & RELIGION, MAGIC, AND WORLD VIEW.

SPECIAL: Previous Student Comments About Earth Abides.

14. WEEK 14: Beginning Monday, April 28, 2003: ALMOST OVER & WINDING DOWN.

15. WEEK 15: Beginning Monday, May 5, 2003: ALMOST OVER & WINDING DOWN.

SPECIAL: Notes on Native Americans

16. WEEK 16: Beginning Monday, May 12, 2003: CULTURAL DIVERSITY AND REVIEW.

17. WEEK 17: EXAM III (30%): ANTH 13-02} BUTTE 319} On WEDNESDAY May 21 from 12->1:50pm.

EXAM III (30%): ANTH 13-01} AYRES 106} On FRIDAY May 23 from 8am->9:50am.

1. An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

2. A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

3. A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

4. Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

5. Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

6. The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

7. Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

---

CERTAIN STATEMENTS COLLECTED by Charles F. Urbanowicz for Spring 2003.

"I say my philosophy, not as claiming authorship of ideas which are widely diffused in modern thought, but because the ultimate selection and synthesis must be a personal responsibility." Sir Arthur Eddington [1882-1944], The Philosophy of Physical Science, 1949: page viii.

"Anything we haven't experienced for ourselves sounds like a story. All we can do is sift the evidence."Mary Norton, 1953, The Borrowers Afield."

"Any teacher who can be replaced by a computer deserves to be!" David Smith; as cited by Mike Cooley, 1999, Human-Centered Design. In Information Design (1999), edited by Robert Jacobson (MIT Press), pages 59-81, page 73.

"Every single thing we do or say, even our inactions, changes the world. We do make a difference. The kind of difference we make is up to us." Julia "Butterfly" Hill, at CSU, Chico, May 2, 2000; in Inside Chico, May 11, 2000, page 3.  

"...I do believe something very magical can happen when you read a good book" [stress added]." Joanne K. Rowling, 1999, Harry Potter Author Reveals The Secret.... In USA Weekend, November 12-14, 1999, page 4.

"How you think about who you are right now has everything to do with what will happen to you in the future." (C.C. Carter, Chico Enterprise-Record, May 6, 1997, page 12A).

"The unit of survival [or adaptation] is organism plus environment. We are learning by bitter experience that the organism which destroys its environment destroys itself." Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind, 1972: 483.

"Interest is a sense of being involved in some process, actual or potential. ...Interest is not the same as attention. Attention is a simple response to a stimulus--either to a loud bang or (much more powerful) to a feeling of interest. Interest is selective, an expenditure of energy by the interested party. ... Memory is an internally edited record of interests (not of attention, much less of 'events') [stress added]." Henry Hay, 1972, The Amateur Magician's Handbook, pp. 2-3.

"The cutting edge of knowledge is not in the known but in the unknown, not in knowing but in questioning. Facts, concepts, generalizations, and theories are dull instruments unless they are honed to a sharp edge by persistent inquiry about the unknown." Ralph H. Thompson [1911-1987] American Educator.

"We were getting close to the answer and I was beginning to fly. I could feel my brain cells doing a little tap dance of delight. I was half-skipping, excitement bubbling out of me as we crossed the street. 'I love information. I love information. Isn't this great? God, it's fun...'" The character Kinsey Milhone, in Sue Grafton, 1990, "G" Is For Gumshoe, page 277.

"It is our choices that show what we truly are, far more than our abilities." The character Albus Dumbledore to Harry Potter in Harry Potter And the Chamber of Secrets, 1998, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 333.

"Education is experience, and the essence of experience is self-reliance." E.B. White [1899-1985], 1939, The Once And Future King (1967 G.P. Putnam edition), page 46.

"The university is not engaged in making ideas safe for students. It is engaged in making students safe for ideas [stress added]." Clark Kerr, in Vance Packard, 1964, The Naked Society [1965 Cardinal paperback edition], page 99.

"Our lives begin to end the day we become silent about things that matter." Martin Luther King, Jr. (1929-1968); awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964.

"Cultural diversity is a reservoir of creativity.... This creativity is not confined to the arts; it is also a source of potential solutions to social and environmental problems, solutions that would otherwise be ignored by politically dominant cultures precisely because dominance breeds complacency and stunts the capacity of self-criticism. In this sense, cultural diversity is an indispensable corrective or counter-balance [stress added]." David Harmon, 2002, In Light of Our Differences: How Diversity In Nature And Culture Makes Us Human (Smithsonian Institution Press), page 45.

"Amaze me with your stories. Thrill me with your experiences. Astound me with your brilliance. Convince me with your passion. Show excitement. Intrigue. Anything--just don't bore me with another computer graphics presentation [stress added]." Clifford Stoll, 1999, High-Tech Heretic: Why Computers Don't Belong in the Classroom and Other Refledctions by a Computer Contrarian (NY: Doubleday), page 183.

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)

---

WEEK 1: BEGINNING January 27, 2003

I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW TO THE COURSE: COURSE ORGANIZATION & PLANNING.

An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A. PLEASE familiarize yourself with the format of this Guidebook.
B. PLEASE look at the Department Goals, Reading Assignments, Outline for each Day, Web Sites/Words/Terms, and Film Notes: There really are NO surprises in this course!
C. READ THE FILM NOTES in this Guidebook before the films are shown in class.
D. YOU WILL BE using this Guidebook throughout the Semester; you will be reading Spradely & McCurdy (S&M) throughout the Semester; you will be reading Earth Abides beginning in Week 13 of the Semester. (For previous student comments about Earth Abides, please click here.) PLEASE TAKE NOTES IN THIS Guidebook: IT WILL NOT BE RE-PURCHASED BY THE BOOKSTORE FOR FALL 2003.
E. A "REPEAT" OF SOME OF THE TRANSPARENCIES USED USED ON DAY 1 OF CLASS (January 27, 2003) IS AVAILABLE AT: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/ANTH13FA2002

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Culture and Ethnography" by S&M [Overview], pages 1-5.
"Ethnography and Culture" by James P. Spradley, pages 7-14.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview], pages 212-215.
"Law and Politics" [Overview] by S&M, pages 300-303.

III. WHAT DOES AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO?

A. For a MASSIVE Anthropology site [my term for it], please see: http://www.unipv.it/webbio/dfantrop.htm as well as Anthropology Resources on the Internet and the local: http://www.csuchico.edu/lbib/anthropology/anthropology.html; and http://www.csuchico.edu/lref/guides/rbs/anthro.htm [Anthropology "jumping off" point at CSU, Chico], as well as http://www.sjsu.edu/depts/anthropology/svcp/ [The Silicon Valley Cultures Project].

"A picture shows me at a glance what it takes dozens of pages of a book to expound." (Ivan Sergeyevich Turgenev [1818-1838], Fathers and Sons (1862), Chapter 16.

"Anthropology--From Greek anthropos (man) and logia (study)--is the systematic wonder about and the scientific study of humans. Wonder about humans is probably as old as man [and woman!], Homo sapiens." Morris Freilich, 1983, The Pleasure of Anthropology, page x.

"The English word 'ethnography' derives from Greek and literally means the description of a people and its way of life. In contempoary social science, ethnography refers both to a process of research and to the account (usually in writing, but also possibly on film) that results from that research. The tradition of producing descriptive accounts of the customs and practices of different people goes back to classical antiquity--the histories of the greek Herodotus and the Roman tacitus are enlivened by such details [stress added]." Michael V. Angrosino, 2002, Doing Cultural Anthropology: Projects for Ethnographic Data Collection (Prospect Heights, Illinois: Waveland press0, page 1.

"The word "anthropology" first appeared in the English language in 1593 (the first of the "ologies," incidentally, to do so). The word "ethnology" made its first appearance in an 1830...." Charles F. Urbanowicz, 1992, Four-Field Commentary. Newsletter of the American Anthropological Association, 1992, Volume 33, Number 9, page 3. [And see: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Pub_Papers/4field.html]

"Lisa, get away from that jazzman! Nothing personal. I just fear the unfamiliar [stress added]." Marge Simpson, February 11, 1990, Moaning Lisa. Matt Groening et al., 1997, The Simpsons: A Complete Guide To Our Favorite Family (NY: HarperCollins), page 22.

"The barbarous heathen are nothing more strange to us than we are to them.... Human reason is a tincture in like weight and measure infused into all our opinions and customs, what form soever they be, infinite in matter, infinite in diversity." (Michel Eyquem de Montaigne [1533-1592], Essays, page 53 [1959 paperback publication of a translation from 1603].

"He had a term for people like this: temporal provincials--people who were ignorant of the past, and proud of it. Temporal provincials were convinced that the present was the only time that mattered, and that anything that had occured earlier could be safely ignored. The modern world was compelling and new, and the past had no bearing on it." Michael Crichton, 1999, Timeline (Ballantine Books November 2000 Paperback), page 84.

C.F. Urbanowicz writes: "All in all, anthropology is fun! I enjoy what I do and in a few words, I honestly believe that teaching should be fun. I will use any 'hard' anthropological data available to get the anthropological message across and any 'soft' fictional data (or ideas) which are also appropriate" [stress added]." Charles F. Urbanowicz, 2000, Mnemonics, Quotations, Cartoons, And A Notebook: "Tricks" For Appreciating Cultural Diversity. Strategies For Teaching Anthropology (Edited by Patricia C. Rice and David W. McCurdy) [NJ: Prentice Hall], pages 132-140, page 137.

B. Please see Create Your Own Newspaper (http://crayon.net/using/links.html) and if you are interested in "Anthropology In The News" glance at http://www.tamu.edu/anthropology/news.html.
C. Text(s), Assignments, Examinations (Three), and Grading
D. How to "use" this Guidebook, Film Notes, and various WWW "addresses" shared with you. NOTE THE FOLLOWING taken from Rick Steves' Europe Through the Back Door 1999 (1998, pages 8-9):

"Guidebooks are $15 tools for $3,000 experiences. Many otherwise smart people base the trip of a lifetime on a borrowed copy of a three-year-old guidebook. The money they saved in the bookstore was wasted the first day of their trip, searching for hotels and restaurants long since closed. When I visit someplace as a rank beginner--a place like Belize or Sri Lanka--I equip myself with a good guidebook and expect myself to travel smart. I travel like an old pro, not because I'm a super traveler, but because I have good information and use it. I'm a connoisseur of guidebooks. My trip is my child. I love her. And I give her the best tutors money can buy. Too many people are penny-wise and pound-foolish when it comes to information. ... All you need is a good guidebook covering your destination. Before buying a book, study it. How old is the information? The cheapest books are often the oldest--no bragain. Who wrote it? What's the author's experience? Does the book work for you--or the tourist industry? Does it specialize in hard opinions--or superlatives? For whom is it written? Is it readable? It should have personality without chattiness and information without fluff. Don't believe everything you read. The power of the printed word is scary. Most books are peppered with information that is flat-out wrong. Incredibly enough, even this book may have an error" [stress added]." Rick Steves' Europe Through the Back Door 1999 (Santa Fe, NM: John Muir Publications), 1998, pages 8-9.

E. Desired Outcomes of the Course: for you and for me!

"An estimated one-third of the students who start out in high school in California do not graduate with their peers four years later....California public schools had 437,974 students enrolled in ninth grade in 1995l four years later, 299,221 students graduated - a 68.3 percent graduation rate [stress added]." Deb Kollars, The Sacramento Bee, June 9, 2000, page 1.

"The palest ink is better than the best memory." (Chinese proverb) and "The ear is a less trustworthy witness than the eye." (Herodotus [c.485-426 B.C.], The Histories of Herodotus, Book 1, Chapter 8).

"You are the only person whom you will be with for the rest of your life, so you should learn to be at peace with who you are and how valuable you are in God's eyes." James Finn Garner as cited in Rachel Chandler, 1998, The Most Important Lessons In Life: Letters To A Young Girl, page 48.

Please consider the following:

"Nearly 80 percent of seniors at 55 top colleges and universities--including Harvard and Princeton--received a D or F on a 34-question, high-school level American history test that contained historical references....'These students are allowed to graduate as if they didn't know the past existed [stress added].'...." Anon, 2000, American History Quiz Stumps Many College Seniors. San Francisco Chronicle, June 28, 2000, page A3.

IV. CULTURE AND THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD

"Anthropology provides a scientific basis for dealing with the crucial dilemma of the world today: how can peoples of different appearance, mutually unintelligble languages, and dissimilar ways of life get along peaceably together? Of course, no branch of knowledge constitutes a cure-all for all the ills of mankind. ... Students who had not gone beyond the horizon of their own society could not be expected to perceive custom which was the stuff of their own thinking. The scientist of human affairs needs to know as much about the eye that sees as the object seen. Anthropology holds up a great mirror to man[kind] and lets him [and her!] look at himself in his infinite variety. This, and not the satisfaction of idle curiosity nor romantic quest, is the meaning of the anthropologist's work.... [stress in original]." Clyde Kluckhohn, 1949, Mirror For Man: The Relation of Anthropology To Modern Life, page 1 and page 10)

A. The Concept of Culture & Basic Cultural Diversity: ABCs.
B. The Sub-disciplines of Anthropology

"...it seems plain and self-evident, yet it needs to be said: the isolated knowledge obtained by a group of specialists in a narrow field [or an individual researcher] has in itself no value whatsoever, but only in its synthesis with all the rest of knowledge and only inasmuch as it really contributes in this synthesis something toward answering the demand 'who are we?'" 1933 Nobel Laureate in Physics, Erwin Schrödinger (1887-1961)

C. The World Wide Web and the changing aspects of....everything!

http://www.123cam.com/ [Web Cameras Around The World!]
http://hampton.csuchico.edu/picaboo/ [Meriam Library Cam]
http://www.ilovelanguages.com/ [I Love languages} Your Guide to Languages on the Web]
http://www.bbc.co.uk/education/languages/ [BBC Languages - Homepage]
http://ocw.mit.edu/index.html [Masachusetts Institute of Technology} OpenCourseWare Home]
http://www.archaeologychannel.org/content/AudioNews/humexp.html [The Archaeology Channel]
http://www.mhhe.com/socscience/anthropology/supersite/ [McGraw-Hill Anthropology SuperSite]
http://www.indiana.edu/~ensiweb/home.html [ENSI/SENSI: Evolution]
http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/index.html [Test Your Geography Knowledge]
http://www.earthchangestv.com/index.htm [Earth Change News]
http://www.utm.edu/research/iep/ [The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy]
http://www.californiacoastline.org/ [California Coastal Records Project]
http://www.sachistoryonline.org/ {Sacramento History Online]
http://www.cia.gov/ [The Central Intelligence Agency]
http://www.anthro.mankato.msus.edu/emuseum1.html [E-Museum} Minnesota State University]
http://news.google.com/ [Google News! and Search Engine]

"There's a fair amount of decelptive and misleading information on the Internet that is posing as truth.... Factors to consider: 1. Who wrote it? 2. Who published it? 3. is the information current, accurate, and complete? 4. Is the information presented in an objective manner? 5. How often is the site updated? 6. Is the document well written? [stress added]." LaJean Humphries, 2002, How to Evaluate a Web Site. In Web of Deception: Misinformation on the Internet (Anne P. Mintz, Editor) ( Medford NJ: Information Today, Inc.), pages 165-173, page 165.

V. THE SCOPE OF ANTHROPOLOGY / FIELD METHODS: WHAT WE DO
A. Fieldwork in the Polynesian Kingdom of Tonga and Spring 1997 sabbatical research and....
B. VIDEO: Comments on the Yanomamo of South America (and see http://www.evoyage.com/Aggression.htm as well as http://www.uwgb.edu/~galta/mrr/yano/yano7.htm).

"In 1589 the Jesuit scholar José de Acosta, who lived and traveled widely in South America, proposed that native Americans were descended from people who had migrated from Siberia. More than four hundred years later, Acosta's idea has held up pretty well [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 195.

C. Comments on "Cyberspace! [below in the electronic Guidebook] and indigenous societies.

VI. WHAT IS SCIENCE? / PERSPECTIVE(S)

"How sad that so many people seem to think that science and religion are mutually exclusive [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 174.

"In looking at science, life, and my fellow human beings, my mind in an undisciplined way detects the cosmic within the nitty gritty and the trivial within the infinite. I believe that deep and important issues should be approached with sufficient good humor to keep us from regarding our mutable opinions as eternal truths. While not ignoring the real tragedy in the world, I feel it important to concentrate on hope. Given the existential dilemma of forever unanswered questions about our universe, I believe that joy is more fun than sadness and no further from the elusive reality of things. In short, it should be possible to be profound without being boring or being afflicted with malaise [stress added]." Harold J. Morowitz, 1979, The Wine Of Life And Other Essays On Societies, Energy & Living Things, page ix-x.

"Science is a public undertaking with many filters that a claim must pass through before it's accepted as part of the current conventional wisdom. Two of the most important of those filters are the refereeing process for scientific articles and the repeatability test for experimental results [stress added]." John L. Castin, 2000, Paradigms Regained: A Further Exploration of the Mysteries of Modern Science (Harper Collins/William Morrow), page 11.

ARE YOU AWARE OF?: http://www.csuchico.edu/lins/chicorio/ [Chico Rio - Research Instruction On-Line]:

"ChicoRIO is a series of Web based, self-paced lessons designed to help you learn how to find information. The tutorials will help you sharpen your research, critical thinking, and term paper writing skills. ChicoRIO also links to campus computing resources and a tour of the Meriam Library. The sections of ChicoRIO can be completed in any order."

VII. INDIVIDUALS WHO MIGHT BE CONSIDERING A MAJOR in Anthropology should make an appointment with the Anthropology Department Chairman (Dr. William Loker, Butte Hall 311; phone 530-898-6192). Urbanowicz is the Advisor for the Minor in Anthropology.

VIII. UNFORTUNATELY, FINALLY FOR THE END OF WEEK I:

NOTE: "The news that 1,400 college students across the country die every year from alcohol-related accidents [~3.8 every day!] comes as no surprise to Edith Heideman, a Palo Alto mother who lost her son to alcohol poisoning while he was rushing a fraternity at California State University at Chico. ... A study released yesterday by the federally supported Task Force on College Drinking ... [stated that] Alcohol abuse also played a role in more than 500,000 injuries and 70,000 cases of sexual assault or date rape [~1,944 every day]." Ray Delgado, 2002, Campus Boozing Toll. The San Francisco Chronicle, April 10, 2002, Page 1.

AFFINITY: A fundamental principle of relationship linking kin through marriage.

AGRICULTURE: A subsistence strategy involving intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of such means as the plow, irrigation, and fertilizer.

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

CONSANGUINITY: The principle of relationship linking individuals by shared ancestry (blood).

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

KINSHIP: The complex system of social relations based on marriage (affinity) and birth (consanguinity).

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events.

SLASH AND BURN: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

NOTE FROM April 9, 2001: "A Brazilian government expedition has made contact with members of an Amazon Indian tribe never before exposed to Western culture, a local news agency said yesterday. The Tsohon-djapa tribe lives in an area known as the Vale do Javari, wedged between two Amazon river tributaries, the Jutai and Jandiatuba rivers. The area is home to about a dozen tribes that have had little exposure to modern society [stress added]." [source: http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/]

Napoleon Chagnon points out that the Yanomamo population is probably around 10,000. These were distributed in approximately 125 widely scattered villages, with the population in each village ranging from 40 to 250 individuals. ..."Yanomamo culture, in its major focus, reverses the meaning of 'good' and 'desirable' as phrased in the ideal postulates of the Judaic-Christian tradition. A high capacity for rage, a quick flash point, and a willingness to use violence to obtain one's ends are considered desirable traits. Much of the behavior of the Yanomamo can be described as brutal, cruel, treacherous, in the value-laden terms of our own vocabulary. The Yanomamo themselves...do not at all appear to be mean and treacherous. As individuals they seem to be people playing their own cultural game....this is a study of a fierce people who engage in chronic warfare. It is also a study of a system of controls that usually hold in check the drive towards annihilation." (Napoleon Chagnon, Yanomamo: The Fierce People, 1968) ... "The most distinctive feature of Yanomamo technology is that it is very direct. No tool or technique is complicated enough to require specialized labor or raw materials. Each village, therefore, can produce every item of material culture it requires from the jungle resources around it. ... The jungle provides numerous varieties of food, both animal and vegetable. ... Although the Yanomamo spend almost as much time hunting as they do gardening, the bulk of their diet comes from foods that are cultivated. Perhaps 85 percent or more of their diet consists of domesticated rather than wild foods.... [stress added]." (Napoleon Chagnon, The Fierce People, 1968: 21-33)

VIDEO MISC: Alliances, feasts, trading: "Alliances between villages are the product of a developmental sequence that involves casual trading, mutual feasting, and finally the exchange of women. ... The feast and the alliance can and often do fail to establish stable, amicable relationships between sovereign villages. ... Yanomamo warfare proper is the raid."

WHY STUDY PEOPLE?: "...the Yanomamo, who dwell in the forests of southern Venezuela and consist of an estimated 20,000 people who live by subsistence farming in small villages. They are one of the few remaining tribes unaffected [!] by Western culture. ... The Yanomamo eat virtually no salt at all. Researchers observed 46 members of this tribe who were in their 40s, and found they had an average blood pressure of only 103/65. Another Amazonian tribe, the Carajas, take in little salt, calculated to be half a gram a day, and the average blood pressure of ten of their middle-aged people was slightly lower at 101/69. (The longevity of these people is not recorded, but if there is a link between salt, blood pressure and lifespand then we can assume they will probably all live to be a hundred.) John Emsley, 1998, Molecules At An Exhibition: Portraits Of Intriguiging Materials in Everyday Life, page 38)

"A nation's diet can be more revealing than its art or literature. On any given day in the United States about one-quarter of the adult population vists a fast food restaurant. During a relatively brief period of time, the fast food industry has helped to transform not only the American diet, but also our landscape, economy, workforce, and popular culture [stress added]." Eric Schlosser, 2001, Fast Food Nation (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 3.

NOTE: "An overwhelming amount of preventable disease in modern societies results from the devastating effects of a high-fat diet. Strokes and heart attacks, the greatest causes of early death in some social groups, result from arteries clogged with atherosclerotic lesions. ... The single thing most people can do to improve their health is to cut the fat content of their diets [stress added]." Randolph M. Nesse & George C. Williams, 1994, Why We Get Sick: The New Science of Darwinian Medicine, pages 148-149)

ELSEWHERE} "China and many other developing nations are rushing with equal speed into an emerging pandemic of heart disease.... Heart disease is poised to pitch China, with its 1.2 billion people, into a costly public health crisis. Already 40% of the deaths in China result from heart disease or strokes. ... By the end of last year [2001], the Chinese could eat locally at more than 400 McDonald's restaurants and about 600 KFC restaurants [stress added]." Steve Sternberg, 2002, World prospers, hearts suffer. USAToday, November 18, 2002, pages D1 + D2.

---

WEEK 2: BEGINNING February 3, 2003

I. WHAT DOES AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO FOR A LIVING? (CONTINUED) (Please see Europe http://www.culture.fr/gvpda.htm [20,000 year old cave paintings] and the Society for California Archaeology [http://www.scanet.org/] and "Evolution in China" (http://www.cruzio.com/~cscp/index.htm) and http://www.archaeology.org.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Economy and Globalization" [Overview], pages 158-162.
"Reciprocity and the Power of Giving" by Lee Cronk, pages 163-169.
"Cultivating the Tropical Rain Forest" by Richard K. Reed, pages 134-143.
"The Kayapo Resistance" by Terrence Turner, pages 387-404.
"Using Anthropology" by David W. McCurdy, pages 415-427.

III. PLEASE THINK ABOUT finding "meaningful patterns in the data" such as:
A. Contemporary American Culture
B. "100 percent American" (please see below for this week in this Guidebook).
C. Interested in your instructor? (Home page and lengthy résumé)
D. Interested in the Department of Anthropology at CSU, Chico?

IV. ON TRAVEL AND THE GROWTH OF ANTHROPOLOGY
A. What Is Culture?
B. Human Biological Diversity / Taxonomy and the Primate Order
C. ANY Significance to: O, T, T, F, F, S, S, E, N, ?.

"The whole of science is nothing more than a refinement of everyday thinking." (Albert Einstein [1879-1955], 1921 Nobel Laureate in Physics, Ideas and Opinions, 1954: page 65)

"In addition to solving puzzles, science also builds understanding by revealing the properties of the world and the relationships between them. Here again, the methods that scientists employ find widespread use in everyday life. From infancy onward, each person measures and classifies the properties of unfamiliar objects in order to integrate them into a larger worldview--from a ten-month-old learning to stack blocks, to Charles Darwin cataloging specimens aboard the Beagle [stress added]." Arno Penzias [1978 Nobel Laureate in Physics], 1989, Ideas And Information: Managing In A High-Tech World (NY: Simon & Schuster), page 177.

"Understanding history is a way of understanding the present. In a changing world it is important to recognise the characteristics which identify us as the social individuals that we are. Globalisation need not be a problem if we understand our identity, and if we are capable of understanding our past we can then build on that [stress added]." Parque Histórico Guayaquil, Ecuador, 1999.

"Literacy can imply more than the ability to read. It can mean having a knowledge of one's history, of one's origins; having a world view that is indigenous to one's people and not imposed by others [stress added]." Josephine Donovan, 2001, Feminist Theory: The Intellectual Traditions, 3rd edition (New York/London: Continuum). From the preface to the first edition of 1985, page 15.

PALEOANTHROPOLOGY = the science of placing the "chain" or "tree" of the pieces together. It "has been one of the most argumentative of sciences since its beginning. ... It is a heart-quickening thought that we share the same genetic heritage with the hands that shaped the tool that we can now hold in our own hands, and with the mind that decided to make the tool that our minds can now contemplate [stress added]." (Richard Leakey and Roger Lewin, Origins, 1977: 8.

V. APPROPRIATE VISUALS

"The important thing is not to stop questioning. Curiosity has its own reason for existing. One cannot help but be in awe when he [or she!] contemplates the mysteries of eternity, of life, of the marvelous structures of reality. It is enough if one tries merely to comprehend a little of this mystery every day. Never lose a holy curiosity [stress added]." Albert Einstein (1879-1955)

A. VIDEO: THE MAN HUNTERS (Please see Video Notes Below):

"Human being are the result of the same evolutionary process that produced the entire vast diversity of living things. Yet we cannot help but think of ourselves as somehow significantly 'different' from the rest of nature." Ian Tattersall, 1998, Becoming Human: Evolution And Human Uniqueness, page 78.

"British archaeologists revealed an Ice Age excavation site Tuesday [June 25, 2002] that they hope will provide some of the strongest evidence yet that neanderthals hunted mammoths. The 50,000-year-old remains, in a gravel pit near Thetford in eastern England, may provide the evidence needed to solve the hotly contested debate over whether the squat, muscular predecessors of modern humans actually hunted large animals or just scavenged dead ones for meat [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Site holds clues to neanderthal survival. USA Today, June 26, 2002, Page 8D.

"Childhood rickets--a bone-softening disease that had become so rare the government stopped keeping statistics on it--is making a comeback, in part because some youngsters are not getting enought sunlight, health officials say. ... The resurgence has been seen particularly among children breast-fed by African American mothers. Dark-skinned people absorb less sunlight." Associated Press. The San Francisco Chronicle, Friday March 30, 2001.

B. Brief Introduction to Charles Darwin (1809-1882).

"He was an Englishman who went on a five-year voyage when he was young and then retired to a house in the country, not far from London. He wrote an account of his voyage, and then he wrote a book setting down his theory of evolution, based on a process he called natural selection, a theory that provided the foundation for modern biology. He was often ill and never left England again [stress added]." John P. Wiley, Jr., 1998, Expressions: The Visible Link. Smithsonian, June, pages 22-24, page 22.

"The Galapagos Island finches once studied by Charles Darwin respond quickly to changes in food supply by evolving new beaks and body sizes, according to researchers who studied the birds for almost 30 years. Starting in 1973, husband-and-wife researchers Peter and Rosemary grant of Princeton University have followed the evolutionary changes in two types of birds, the ground finch and the cactus finch, on Daphne Major, one of the Galapagos islands. In a study appearing today in the Journal Science, the Grants report that climate and weather have a dramatic effect on the evolutionary path the finches follow. Ground finches most eat small seeds, and their beaks have adapted to that purpose. When the weather turned dry in 1977, most of the plants that produce small seeds on Daphne Major were killed, leaving little food for finches with modest beaks. Most died off, but some ground finches with bigger, stronger beaks survived [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Finches Shown To Be Able to Change. The Chico Enterprise-Record, April 26, 2002, page 11A.

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT: The categories and rules people use to classify and explain their physical environment.

DESCENT: A Rule of relationship that ties people together on the basis of reputed common ancestry.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

DIFFUSION: The passage of a cultural category, culturally defined behavior, or culturally produced artifact from one society to another through borrowing.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occurring foods.

INCEST TABOO: The cultural rule that prohibits sexual intercourse and marriage between specified classes of relatives.

INNOVATION: A recombination of concepts from two or more mental configurations into a new pattern that is qualitatively different from existing forms.

NUCLEAR FAMILY: A family composed of a married couple and their children.

PRODUCTION: The process of making something.

"Les Eyzies is the normal point of first entry for visitors to the land of prehistory. It has a national museum, the cave where Cro-Magnon man was discovered, and much else--all in the midst of spectacular scenery. ... The National Museum of Prehistory lies within Les Eyzies, in a structure built into the side of a cliff, with overhanging rock above, which was originally a thirteenth-century fortress. It houses a rich collection of prehistoric items, not only from the Dordogne but also from other French archaeological sites...." Charles Tanford & Jacqueline Reynolds, 1992, The Scientific Traveller: A Guide to the People, Places, and Institutions of Europe, page 205.

Les Eyzies-De-Tayax-Sireuil = "The science of prehistory originated in this village....The first drawing of a mammoth was discovered here along with the first skeleton of Cro-Magnon Man, 30,000 years ago." Anon., 1988, The Hachette Guide To France (NY: Pantheon Books), page 111.

"The Dordogne River twisted in loops like a brown snake in the valley it had cut hundreds of thousands of years before." Michael Crichton, 1999, Timeline (Ballantine Books November 2000 Paperback), page 43.

"In 1856, at the very time Charles Darwin was writing The Origin of Species [published in 1859!],which would popularize the revolutionary concept of evolution worldwide, the fossilized remains of a stocky, powerful, human-like creature were discovered in a German valley called Neander Tal." Erik Trinkaus and Pat Shipman, 1993, The Neanderthals: Changing The Image of Mankind . 

"Fighting in China following the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941 resulted in a paleoanthropological disaster. The largest and most complete collection of human fossil remains--unearthed at Zhoukoudian, near Beijing--vanished after being entrusted to a platoon of U.S. Marines on its way to the harbor of Tianjin." Jean-Jacques Hublin, 1999, The Quest For Adam. Archaeology, July/August, pages 26-35, page 26.

Charles F. Hockett, 1973, Man's Place in Nature, page 387 [CSUChico GN/31/H6] ="range" of cranial capacity: Modern Man [Homo sapiens] 850 to 1700+ cubic centimeters; Neanderthal 1200 to 1640 cc.; Homo erectus 775 to 1225 cc.; Australopithecus 435 to 700 cc.; Gorillas 340 to 752 cc.; and Chimpanzees 320 to 420 cc.

"The many caves in the Sterkfontein Valley have produced abundant scientific information on the evolution of modern man over the past 3.5 million years, on his way of life, and on the animals with which he lived and on which he fed. The landscape also preserves many features of that of prehistoric man."http://whc.unesco.org/sites/915.htm [The Fossil Homind Sites of Sterkfontein, Swartkans, Kromdraai, and Environs, South Africa} 1999]

PLEASE NOTE:

"Evolution does not make predictions, species don't know where they're going, humans did not have to evolve. In fact, if we were to rewind the tape to ten million years ago, when apes dominated the primate world, there would be no assurance that humans would evolve again. But humans have evolved, we are here today. Like no other species that has ever lived, we control the life of all living things--including ourselves. When we understand and accept that we are part of the continuum of life, we will be in a better position to make informed choices--choices which will ensure a better world for all species. Extinction is forever. We must not let it happen. Education is the great liberator. It frees us to think objectively. My studies of human evolution have taught me to respect the natural world. They have also taught me that all humans have a common origin and, therefore, a common destiny--the outcome of which will be determined by humankind itself. We do have the capacity to make the future a long and fruitful one, if only we will take the time to learn who we are and how we fit into the natural world [stress added]. (Donald C. Johanson, 1993, from the "Forward" to Ian Tattersall's 1993, The Human Odyssey: Four Million Years of Human Evolution (Prentice Hall), page xiii.

"Humanity's plot thickens. The 'Toumai' skull isn't much to look at: a nearly complete cranium, some jawbones and a few teeth. But scientists are calling him [or her!] the most important discovery since the first fossilized remains of human ancestors were found 75 years ago. Why? Because Toumai pushes back by a million years the date when humanity's family tree is believed to have sprouted. ... Who knows which theories will hold? The only thing Toumai's discovery proves beyond a doubt is that he's a tiny part of a still-mysterious story [stress added]." USAToday "Editorial" on July 12, 2002, Page 8A.

"At between 6 and 7 million years old, this skull is the earliest known record of the human family. Discovered in Chad in Central Africa, the new find, nicknamed 'Toumaï', comes from the crucial yet little-known interval when the human lineage was becoming distinct from that of chimpanzees. Because of this, the new find will galvanize the field of human origins like no other in living memory &emdash; perhaps not since 1925, when Raymond Dart described the first 'ape-man', Australopithecus africanus, transforming our ideas about human origins forever. A lifetime later, Toumaï raises the stakes once again and the consequences cannot yet be guessed. Dart's classic paper was published in Nature, as have most of the milestones in human origins and evolution. To celebrate the new find, we are proud to offer a selection of ten of the very best from Nature's archives, including Dart's classic paper [stress added]." FROM: http://www.nature.com/nature/ancestor/ and see http://www.sciam.com/article.cfm?articleID=000B16B6-AA5E-1D2C-97CA809EC588EEDF [Scientific American July 11, 2002 and in http://www.sciam.com/, December 26, 2002]

"Our solid American citizen awakens in a bed built on a pattern which originated in the Near East but which was modified in Northern Europe before it was transmitted to America. He [or she] throws back covers made from cotton, domesticated in India, or linen, domesticated in the Near East, or wool from sheep, also domesticated in the Near East, or silk, the use of which was discovered in China. All of these materials have been spun and woven by processes invented in the Near East. He slips into his moccasins, invented by the Indians of the eastern woodlands, and goes to the bathroom, whose fixtures are a mixture of European and American inventions, both of recent date. He takes off his pajamas, a garment invented in India, and washes with soap invented by the ancient Gauls. He then shaves, a masochistic rite which seems to have been derived from either Sumer or ancient Egypt.

Returning to the bedroom, he removes his clothes from a chair of southern European type and proceeds to dress. He puts on garments whose form originally derived from the skin clothing of the nomads of the Asiatic steppes, puts on shoes made from skins tanned by a process invented in ancient Egypt and cut to a pattern derived from the classical civilizations of the Mediterranean, and ties around his neck a strip of bright-colored cloth which is a vestigial survival of the shoulder shawls worn by the seventeenth-century Croatians. Before going out for breakfast he glances through the windows, made of glass invented in Egypt, and if it is raining puts on overshoes made of rubber discovered by the Central American Indians and takes an umbrella, invented in southeastern Asia. Upon his head he puts a hat made of felt, a material invented in the Asiatic steppes.

On his way to breakfast he stops to buy a paper, paying for it with coins, an ancient Lydian invention. At the restaurant a whole new series of borrowed elements confronts him. His plate is made of a form of pottery invented in China. His knife is of steel, an alloy first made in southern India, his fork a medieval Italian invention, and his spoon a derivative of a Roman original. He begins breakfast with an orange, from the eastern Mediterranean, a cantaloupe from Persia, or perhaps a piece of African watermelon. With this he has coffee, an Abyssinian plant, with cream and sugar. Both the domestication of cows and the idea of milking them originated in the Near East, while sugar was first made in India. After his fruit and first coffee he goes on to waffles, cakes made by a Scandinavian technique from wheat domesticated in Asia Minor. Over these he pours maple syrup, invented by the Indians of the eastern Woodlands. As a side dish he may have the eggs of a species of bird domesticated in Indo-China, or thin strips of the flesh of an animal domesticated in Eastern Asia which have been salted and smoked by a process developed in northern Europe.

When our friend has finished eating he settles back to smoke, an American Indian habit, consuming a plant domesticated in Brazil in either a pipe, derived from the Indians of Virginia, or a cigarette, derived from Mexico. If he is hardy enough he may even attempt a cigar, transmitted to us from the Antilles by way of Spain. While smoking, he reads the news of the day, imprinted in characters invented by the ancient Semites upon a material invented in China by a process invented in Germany. As he absorbs the accounts of foreign troubles, if he is a good conservative citizen, thank a Hebrew deity in an Indo-European language that he is 100 percent American."

---

WEEK 3: BEGINNING February 10, 2003

I. CULTURE & ETHNOGRAPHY (CONTINUED) & Monkeys, Apes, and Man Video (see the Wisconsin Primate research site at http://www.primate.wisc.edu/pin/) or the University of California, Davis at http://www.crprc.ucdavis.edu/crprc/homepage.html, and http://www.gorilla.org/index.html [The Gorilla Foundation], or http://www.selu.com/~bio/PrimateGallery/main.html [The Primate Gallery], and http://www.janegoodall.org/ [Jane Goodall]; have a look at Professor Turhon Murad, CSU, Chico, and his "Skull Module" located at http://www.csuchico.edu/anth/Module/skull.html); and http://www.outdoorjapan.com/features/ojfeature-jigokudani.html [The Monkeys of Jigokudani]).

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought and major issues in the subdisciplines.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Lessons from the Field" by George Gmelch, pages 45-67.
"Baseball Magic" by George Gmelch, pages 348-357.
"Career Advice for Anthropology Undergraduates" by John T. Omohundro, pages 428-438.

III. PRIMATES
A. MODERN HUMANS

Carolus Linnaeus (1707-1778): "Latinized form of Carl von Linné. Swedish naturalist and physician. His botanical work Systema naturae 1735 contained his system for classfiying plants into groups depending on shared characteristics (such as the number of stamens in flowers), providing a much-needed framework for identification. He also devised the concise and precise system for naming plants and animals, using one Latin (or Latinized) word to represent the genus and a second to distinguish the species." Sarah Jenkins Jones (Editor), 1996, Random House Webster's Dictionary of Scientists, page 299.

"If today's students want to understand how scientists mapped the human genetic code,they won't get much help from their high school textbooks, a group of scientists and educators said Tuesday. ... They said the books ... missed the big picture. They don't flesh out the four basic ideas driving today's research: how cells work, how matter and energy flow from one source to another, how plants and animals evolve and the molecular basis of heredity. ... the books do not encourage students to examine their ideas or relate lessons to hands-on experiments and everyday life....[stress added]." Anon., 2000, Report calls science texts flawed. The Sacramento Bee, June 28, 2000, page A12.

"Twelve of the most popular science textbooks used at middle schools nationwide are riddled with errors, a new study has found. Researchers compiled 500 pages of errors, ranging from the equator passing through the southern United States to a photo of Linda Ronstadt labeled as a silicon crystal. None of the 12 textbooks has an acceptable level of accuracy....estimated that about 85 percent of children in the United States used the textbooks examined....'They just don't seem to understand what science is about" [stress added]." Associated Press, 2001, The Sacramento Bee, January 15, 2001, page A7.

"Often Gary's [Larson] cartoons help us to see things with a new perspective, above all to realize that we humans, after all, are just one species among many, just one small part of the wondrous animal kingdom. ... Crazy. Absurd. Yet it all helps to put us humans in our place. And we desperately need putting in our place [stress added]." Jane Goodall. 1995, Foreward. The Far Side Gallery 5 (Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel), no page number [pages 5-8, pages 6-7].

"Research shows that kids these days are growing up faster and earlier than the Leave It To Beaver bunch. They're techno-wizard multi-taskers with more computing power at their fingertips than was used to get Apollo 11 [July 1969] to the moon. And they're media-savvy, with cable in their bedrooms, cellphones in their backpacks and 15 PC windows open at a time for instant messaging [stress added]." Ann Oldenburg, 2000, Kid-Fluence. USA Today, December 29, 2000, pages E1 and E2, page E1.

"Self-centered creatures that we are, we pay the greatest amount of attention to our own evolution. Like moneys, apes, lemurs, and tarsiers, we are primates. Our closest living relative is the chimpanzee. Humans and chimpanzees are genetically very close. They share about 98.5 percent of their DNA. But we are not, of course, descended from chimpanzees or from any other living ape. The human and ape lines diverged about five million years ago. In other words, humans and apes have a common ancestor, and both have been evolving for 5 million years since the split [stress added]." Richard Morris, 2001, The Evolutionists: The Struggle for Darwin's Soul (NY: W.H. Freeman and Co.), page 34.

"By studying monkeys, apes and other animals, scientists are learning how really important it is to kiss and make up soon after a furious fight. Long-term observations of groups of primates show that social animals use well-established peacemaking tactics to smooth over bruised feelings caused by combat. There is far more advantage in friendship and cooperation than in sulking and alienation [stress added]." Robert Cooke, 1999, Better to Hug Than Sulk, Apes Find. The Sacramento Bee, February 19, 1999, page A13

"Dr. [Judy] Cameron has just received a five-year grant from the National institutes of Health that will enable her to examine the genes of the baby [rhesus] monkeys who exhibit anxiety in response to the human intruder as well as other stressful situations in the laboratory. Already, Dr. Cameron has seen that the trait can be inherited and passed on; it clearly runs in monkey families. Because her monkeys -- 400 of them in Pittsburgh and 3,5000 at the Oregon National Primate Research Center in Beaverton, Ore. -- are part of research colonies that have existed since the 1960s, Dr. Cameron knows which monkeys are related, making it easier to trace the traits and ultimately to home in on genes that are inherited [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2002, Lab Monkeys May Reveal Secrets of Childhood Depression. The New York Times, December 24, 2002, pages D5 + D8, page D8.

B. NATURAL SELECTION: "The process of differential survival and reproduction that results in changes in gene frequencies and in the characteristics that the genes encode." Paul W. Ewald, 1994, Evolution of Infectious Disease, page 220.

"Promising results from monkey experiments raise hopes for vaccine. ... For 600 days and counting, monkeys given an experimental new AIDS vaccine have survived with no signs of illness despite exposure to lethal does of the virus, raising hopes that scientists may be headed at last toward an effective vaccine for people." Daniel Q. Haney, 2001, The Chico Enterprise-Record, September 7, 2001.

"Alarmed by the growing ability of disease-causing microbes to fight off once-effective drugs, the World Health Organization warned Monday that the medical and veterinary professions must use antibiotics and other medicines more wisely or face the likelihood they will not effectively combat disease in the future [stress added]." Marc Kaufman, 2000, World Health Organization Warns of Antibiotic Misuse. The Sacramento Bee, June 13, 2000, page A6.

"About 70% of the antibiotics produced in the USA each year - nearly 25 million pounds in all - are fed to healthy pigs, chickens and cattle to prevent disease or speed growth, says a report released Monday [January 8, 2001]. Such 'excessive' use of antibiotics in livestock is contributing ...[to] many of the microbes that plague humans....[stress added]." Anita Manning, 2001, Healthy Livestock Given More Antibiotics Than Ever. USA Today, January 9, 2001, page 8D

"In a frustrating development in the medical fight against drug-resistant bacteria, scientists report that the first entirely new type of antibiotic [Zyvox] in 35 years has been beaten by a super-germ little more than a year after the drug was introduced. Researchers at Harvard Medical School describe in the Lancet medical journal this week...." Associated Press, The San Francisco Chronicle, July 20, 2001, page A3.

"A hidden epidemic of life-threatening infections in America's hospitals is needlessly killing tens of thousands of patients each year. These infections are often characterized by the health-care industry as random and inevitable byproducts of lifesaving care. But a [Chicago] Tribune investigation found that in 2000, nearly three-quarters of the deadly infections--or about 75,000--were preventable, the result of unsanitary facilities, germ-laden instruments and unwashed hands. ... Deaths linked to hospital germs now represent the fourth-leading cause of mortality among Americans, behind heart disease, cancer and strokes, according to the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. ... Even a term adopted by the CDC -- nosocomial infection -- obscures the true source of the germs. Nosocomial is Latin for 'hospital.' CDC records show that the term was used to shield hospitals from the 'embarrassment' of germ-related deaths and injuries [stress added]." Michael Berens, 2002, Death by Hospital infection. The Sacramento Bee, July 21, 2002, page 1 and A20.

"Medical errors are killing tens of thousands of Americans each year and harming countless more.... Three years ago the Institute of medicine estimated that 44,000 to 98,000 patients die each year because of medical mistakes [~120-to-240/day]--more than are killed annually by automobile accidents [stress added].' Editorial, The New York Times, December 18, 2002, page A32.

"In a finding sure to shake up the $20 billion market for blood-pressure medication, a 10-cents-a-pill diuretic proved superior to two of the pharmaceutical industry's biggest-selling classes of drugs in a major U.S.-funded study." Ron Wilson and Scott Hensley, 2002, Study Questions high-Cost Drugs For Hypertension. The Wall Street Journal, December 18, 2002, Page 1 and page 7, page 1.

C. CONTROVERSY: The "Scopes Trial" of July 1925 in Dayton, Tennessee:

On Clarence Darrow (1857-1938): "He had a tremendous lust for life, yet he came about as close to living according to the Sermon on the Mount as could any man trying to earn his way in a competetive world. He was a man with all the faults, shortcomings and inadequacies of a man, but he was a civilized human being in that he could not endure to see his fellow human being suffer. His quarrel had never been with religion itself but with those creeds which turned their backs on education and science; his quarrel with these forms of worship was on the ground that they operated against the welfare of their own people." Irving Stone, Clarence Darrow: For The Defense (NY: Bantam), page 275.

from: The World's Most Famous Court Trial: Tennessee Evolution Case (1925) (1990 Reprint Edition published by Bryan College, Dayton, Tennessee), page 87; the court transcript points out that Clarence Darrow said: "If today you can take a thing like evolution and make it a crime to teach it in the public school, tomorrow you can make it a crime to teach it in the private schools, and the next year you can make it a crime to teach it to the hustings or in the church. At the next session you may ban books and the newspapers. Soon you may set Catholic against Protestant and Protestant against Protestant, and try to foist your own religion upon the minds of men. If you can do one you can do the other. Ignorance and fanaticism is ever busy and needs feeding. Always it is feeding and gloating for more. Today it is the public school teachers, tomorrow the preachers and the lecturers, the magazines, the books, the newspapers. After while, your honor, it is the setting of man against man and creed against creed until with flying banners and beating drums we are marching backward to the glorious ages of the sixteenth century when bigots lighted fagots to burn the men who dared to bring any intelligence and enlightenment and culture to the human mind [stress added]."

IV. ON TRAVEL AND THE GROWTH OF ANTHROPOLOGY and Darwin Cont. (1809-1882).

"Thomas Jefferson [1743-1826] is very often cited as the 'father' of American archaeology, and he certainly attempted one of the first archaeological explanations of the question ["Who Got here First?"] when he wrote in his famous 'Notes on Virginia' (1787) about an Indian mound that he had excavated many years before. However, his strongest evidence to support his belief in an Asian origin (via the Bering Strait) of the Native Americans was from his study of Indian languages. He cited the diversity of these languages as proof that they had been here a long time [stress added]." Stephen William, 1992, Who Got To America First? Anthropology Explored: The Best Of Smithsonian Anthro Notes, 1998, edited by Ruth O. Selig and Marilyn R. London, pages 141-149, page 144.

"The farther backward you can look, the farther forward you are likely to see." Sir Winston Churchill [1874-1965], 1953 Nobel Prize Winner in Literature and "In the field of observation, chance only favors those who are prepared." Louis Pasteur [1822-1895]

V. REMINDER:
A. EXAM I (20%) IS ON FRIDAY FEBRUARY 28, 2003.

"The scene is rugged. ... Jogokudani [Yamanouchi, Japan] is as far north as it gets for monkeys. No primate, with the exception of humans, is known to live in a colder climate." Eric Talmadge, 2002, World's northernmost wild monkeys enjoy hot springs heaven. The Chico Enterprise-Record, June 23, 2002, page E1 + E2, page E1. (AND SEE: http://www.outdoorjapan.com/features/ojfeature-jigokudani.html [The Monkeys of Jigokudani])

WHY STUDY PRIMATES? = PRIMATES = taxonomic term which is always capitalized and is a fixed plural. "A decade-long baboon study indicates that lecithin, a soybean extract used in many processed foods, can delay and perhaps even prevent alcohol cirrhosis of the liver." R. Cowen, Science News, December 1, 1990: 340.

"Harry Harlow [1905-1981] is probably the most famous psychologist you've never heard of. Back in the 1960s, his work was widely covered in the press--and with good reason. Through a series of briliiant experiments, Harlow proved that love, despite what most of his colleagues believed, plays a crucial role in mental well-being. The idea that such a thing needed proving in the fcirst place seems bizarre today ... Harlow's descent into obscurity had a lot to do with the man himself. ... But it was the way he treated [rhesus] monkeys that hurt his reputation. Harlow went on to study what happened when monkeys were deprived of love, kept in solitary confinement and emotioally tormented [stress added]." Michael Lemonick, Book Review of Deborah Blum's 2002 Love at Goon Park. Time, November 18, 2002. And if interested, please see: http://pubpages.unh.edu/~jel/Harlow.html

"Promising results from monkey experimentd raise hopes for vaccine. ... For 600 days and counting, monkeys given an experimental new AIDS vaccine have survived with no signs of illness despite exposure to lethal does of the virus, raising hopes that scientists may be headed at last toward an effective vaccine for people." Daniel Q. Haney, 2001, The Chico Enterprise-Record, September 7, 2001.

"An experimental vaccine against the monkey form of AIDS sharply reduced but did not eliminate the amount of virus in the animals' blood. ... In the experiment, 10 macaques that had been infected.... [stress added]." Robert Cooke, 1999, Better to Hug Than Sulk, Apes Find. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 23, 2002, page A5.

"Scientists have infected rhesus monkeys with polio, coaxed them into space and cloned them. Researchers liked working with them for a simple reason: their great similarity to people. Now, though, rhesus monkeys have become so scarce and expensive that scientists are forced to look for alternatives [stress added]." Sarah Lueck, 2002, Monkey Deficit Crimps Labs. The Wall Street Journal, May 14, 2002.

"In an experiment unfolding under tight security, six rust and silver monkeys this past week grew listless, refused to eat, and broke out in blisters. Four have become sick, and two have died. The cause: smallpox. ... The point of the experiment here is to create an animal model of human smallpox." Marilyn Chase, June 26, 2002, In Strictest Security, Scientists Are Giving Smallpox to Monkeys. The Wall Street Journal, June 26, 2002, page 1 + 8, page 1.

"Currently, there is no approved treatment for smallpox. Tests on monkeys infected with smallpox last month [June 2002] could help fill that gap." Marilyn Chase, July 16, 2002, Monkey Tests May Help Scientists Find Ways to Foil Smallpox Virus. The Wall Street Journal, July 16, 2002, page D3.

WHAT DO YOU THINK OF THE FOLLOWING?: "The kind of man's face a woman finds attractive varies with her menstrual cycle, according to a study that underscores the hold biology still has on us, no matter how highly evolved we like to think we are. When a woman is ovulating, or ready to conceive, she is likely to prefer men with more masculine features. When she is menstruating, or least likely to get pregnant, she is apt to prefer softer, more feminine looks. That's according to a study conducted by Scottish and Japanese researchers and published in today's issue of the journal Nature. The researchers beleive this is not a matter of fashion or a 20th-century standard of beauty, but something that is inborn, or instilled by evolution for sound biological reasons: In the animal kingdom, masculine looks denote virility, and thus the ability to produce healthy offspring." Alex Dominguez, 1999, Biology Is Destiny, At Least In Sex Appeal. The Sacramento Bee, June 24, 1999, page B8.

CALIFORNIA / CHICO WORDS: and please see, if you wish, http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/aStoryof2027.html} A "STORY" (VISION OR NIGHTMARE?) OF THE REGION IN 2027.

THE POPULATION of the Chico area is 99,375. There are 66,800 individuals within the City Limits of Chico. (January 1, 2002 estimates by the California Department of Finance.) Anon. 2002,The Chico Enterprise-Record, June 29, 2002 Special Section, Discover: Your Complete Guide, page 10.

FROM "The Official City of Chico Web Site" at http://www.chico.ca.us/ "The City of Chico was founded in 1860 by General John Bidwell, and became incorporated in 1872 with a population of approximately 1000 persons in an area of 6.6 square miles. By 2001, the City of Chico had grown to include a population of 64,581 persons in an area of 22 square miles [stress added]."

NOTE: According to The World Almanac and Book of Facts 2003 (page 366), the estimated population for California in 2001 was 34,501,130. It has been estimated that the population for California in the following years will be: 39,957,616 (in the year 2010), 45,448,627 (2020), and 58,731,006 (2040). (Chico Enterprise-Record, December 18, 1998, page 4A); "By 2040, the state [of California] will have 58.7 million residents, a 75 percent increase, according to Department of Finance projections. The population in some counties could more than triple [stress added]." (Chico Enterprise-Record, May 2, 1999, page 1B)

"I knew there was something special about Chico the minute I laid eyes on it, and not just because it is a standout among Central Valley cities. In city planner terms, Chico has 'a strong sense of place.' To me, it's enough to say that Chico has a 'there.' When you arrive here, you immediately sense that you have reached a desirable place. You want to get out of the car and walk around. And after doing that, you want to find a job, buy a house and live here the rest of your life. You can't say that about most California cities [stress added]." Steve Brown, 2001, But This Is Chico. Enterprise-Record, January 1, 2001, page 2A.

"In 1950, the population of Chico was 12,722. The population more than doubled by 1980, to 26,601. During the past two decades, those numbers have increased to 64,581 in the City limits, and approximately 95,000 in the Chico Urban Area. Projections provided by the Butte County Association of Governments (BCAG) lists the population [of the city of Chico] at 75,879 in the year 2010, 85,364 in 2015, 90,035 in 2020, and 108,039 in the year 2025 [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Celebrate the Building Industry! Special Section ("Industrial Barbecue 2002") of The Chico Enterprise-Record, June 18, 2002, page 3.

"California's population continues to grow by more than 500,000 people a year. Such growth brings a host of challenges--how to provide enough affordable housing, adequate transportation, schools and jobs. In order to address these challenges, local cities and governments should be encouraged to work together and create regional growth management policies [stress added]." Elizabeth Klementowski, 2002, Flawed solution to an imaginary problem. The San francisco Chronicle, June 18, 2002, page A19.

"...California is not done growing. Over the next 20 years, another 15 million people will be born in, or move to, the Golden State [which had an estimated March 2001 population of 33,871,648 residents] [stress added]." Robert W. Poole, 2001, The Wall Street Journal, August 29, 2001, page A14.

"Saying California grows by one new person every minute, a major land developer is recommending significant state governments reforms to prevent California from becoming unlivable withing 20 to 40 years. Amid projections of 58 million residents by 2040.... [stress added]." The Sacramento Bee, October 5, 2002. Jim Wasserman, Rapid Growth Called a Threat; AND FROM The San Francisco Chronicle (October 6, 2002): "...predicts there will be 48 million people in California by the year 2025, up from about 34 million in 2000. By 2040, the number could rise to 58 million [stress added]." And check out http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/popclock to see what it is now: it was printed in your guidebook that on January 5, 2003, the population of the USA was 289,981,475. What is it when you read this page now?

On Changes in California: "Almost 70,000 acres of California's open space was devoured by a growing population lured to the state by its booming economy from 1996 to 1998, according to a state report released Wednesday [October 11, 2000]. The urban sprawl is driven by California's influx of roughly 700,000 people a year [stress added]." Open space continues vanish act in state. (Associated Press) The Sacramento Bee, October 12, 2000, page A3.

On Sunday, June 24, 2001, an article appeared in The Sacramento Bee (Alvin D. Sokolow, How Much State Farmland Is Disappearing? pages L1 and L6) based on research from University of California, Davis, now provides the figure of "only" 49,700 acres of California farmland disappearing each year! Incidentally, the CSU, Chico campus (excluding the University farm, is approximately 119 acres (so approximately 417 Chico State campuses disappear every year in California!).

"For millions of Californians, housing is the cross they must bear for living here. There simply isn't enough of it. For nearly 20 years, California's home-building industry has lagged behind the state's population growth." Jim Wasserman, 2001, Experts Warn Housing Shortage Even Worse In Future. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 29, 2001, page A19.

CHICO: "The city's general plan targets an urban-area population of approximately 134,000 by the year 2012 [stress added]." Dan Nguyen-Tan, 2002, Growth: Land is our most valuable and limited resource. The Chico Enterprise-Record, February 26, 2002, Section AA, page 3AA. [NOTE: Urbanowicz would also add that time can also be considered to be the most valuable and limited resource.]

"Fortune continues to smile on this city at the dawn of the 23rd Century, Chico Grande, at 500,000 people, is the unofficial capital of Upper California [stress added!]" Steve Brown, 2001, In the year 2202, fortune continues to smile on this city. The Chico Enterprise-Record, December 31, 2001, page 3A.

QUESTIONS TO CONSIDER: What will the population of the USA or California or Chico be by 2042? Or 2022? or next year?! What is the "carrying capacity" of any given environment? What changes have to be made in any given environment? What will be the impact of an increasingly older American population on this country? On you?

NOTE: There are more than 6 billion people on the planet and population is increasing by approximately 78,000,000 people per year; given that 1 year = 365.25 days = 8,766 hours = 525,960 minutes, therefore 78,000,000/525,960 = means that the population of the planet is increasing by approximately 148 people a minute. For this 50 minute class, please note that this means that the world will have had a NET INCREASE (births-minus-deaths) of ~7,400 individuals (roughly speaking).

NOTE: "If we could shrink the Earth's population to a village of precisely 100 people, with all existing ratios [on the planet] remaining the same, it would look like this: 51 females, 49 males; 70 non-white, 30 white; 57 Asians, 21 Europeans, 14 from the Western Hemisphere, and 8 Africans; 70 non-Christians, 30 Christians. 50 percent of the wealth would be in the hands of six people. All six of those people would be from the United States. 80 would live in substandard housing. 70 would be illiterate. 50 would suffer from malnutrition. 1 would be near death, 1 near birth. 1 would be college educated. No one would own a computer." (Chico Enterprise-Record, June 19, 1999, page 3B.)

PLEASE NOTE: According to the U.S. Bureau of the Census, the resident population of the United States, projected to January 5, 2003, at 7:06:05pm [Pacific Standard Time] was 289,981,475 [http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/popclock]. This means there is one birth every 8 seconds, one death every 12 seconds, one international migrant (net) every 24 seconds, for a net gain of one person every 12 seconds.

"More than 3.3 million legal and illegal immigrants entered the United States between January 2000 and March 2002, according to the newly analyzed Census Bureau figures. California, as always, lured the greatest number, with an estimated 673,000 arrivals during the period studies [stress added]." Michael Doyle, 2002, Sour economy can't stop tide of immigrants. The Sacramento Bee, November 27, 2002, page A3.

Thomas Robrt Malthus (1766-1834): "English economist [and cleric!]. His Essay on the Principle of Population 1798 (revised 1803) argued for population control, since populations increase in geometric ratio and food supply only in arithmetic ratio, and influenced Charles Darwin's thinking on natural selection as the driving force of evolution. Malthus saw war, famine, and disease as necessary checks on population growth" [stress added]." Sarah Jenkins Jones (Editor), 1996, Random House Webster's Dictionary of Scientists, page 317.

"The [1937] Hungarian Nobel Prize winner [in Physiology/Medicine], Szent-Györgyi [von Nagyrapolt], once said that a scientist should see what everybody else has seen and then think what nobody has thought. Nobody did this better than Charles Darwin, who first realized that the evolution of life took place by Natural Selection. Darwin taught us all to see more clearly what everyone had seen, and Darwin also taught us to think, along with him, what no one else had thought. No branch of science is more dominated by a single theory, by a single great idea, than is the whole of biology by the idea of evolution by Natural Selection [stress added]." J. Livingston and L. Sinclair, 1967, Darwin and the Galapagos.

FROM: USA Today, January 4, 1999: "The idea was simple. Sit around and pick the 1,000 most important people of the millenium. ... [#1] Johannes Gutenberg (1394?-1468) Inventor of printing.... [#5] William Shakespeare (1564-1616) 'Mirror of the millennium's soul'.... [#6] Isaac Newton (1642-1727) Laws of motion helped propel the Age of Reason.... [#7] Charles Darwin (1809-1882) Theory of Evolution [stress added]." From the book by Barbara and Brent Bowers & Agnes Hooper Gottlieb and Henry Gottlieb, 1998, 1,000 People: Ranking The Men And Women Who Shaped The Millennium.

The concept of CHANGE is definitely vital to an understanding of Darwin, whether you are reading Darwin himself, reading about him, or discussing him. In 1859 Darwin published On The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. Please note the changes Darwin made in the SIX editions of the same volume during his lifetime (as calculated by Morse Peckham [Editor], 1959, The Origin Of Species By Charles Darwin: A Variorum Text):

In the 5th edition of 1869, Darwin used (for the first time) the famous phrase (borrowed from Herbert Spencer [1820-1903]): "Survival of the Fittest." In the 6th edition of 1872, "On" was dropped from the title. In the 1st edition of 1859, Darwin only had the following phrase about human beings: "In the distant future I see open fields for far more important researches. Psychology will be based on a new foundation, that of the necessary acquirement of each mental power and capacity by gradation. Light will be thrown on the origin of man and his history." In the 2nd edition of 1860 Darwin wrote the following:

"Thus, from the war of nature, from famine and death, the most exalted object which we are capable of conceiving, namely, the production of the higher animals, directly follows. There is a grandeur in this view of life, with its several powers, having been originally breathed by the Creator [stress added] into a few forms or into one; and that, whilst this planet has gone cycling on according to the fixed law of gravity, from so simple a beginning endless forms most beautiful and most wonderful have been, and are being evolved."

INCIDENTALLY, in his 1839 publication The Voyage Of The Beagle, Darwin wrote the following:

"Among the scenes which are deeply impressed on my mind, none exceed in subliminity the primeval forests undefaced by the hand of man; whether those of Brazil, where the powers of Life are predominant, or those of Tierra del Fuego, where Death and Decay prevail. Both are temples filled with the varied productions of the God of Nature:--no one can stand in these solitudes unmoved, and not feel that there is more in man than the mere breath of his body [STRESS added]" 1839, page 436.

AND PLEASE CONSIDER the words of the Pulitzer Prize Winner (1940) and Nobel Prize Winner (1962) John Steinbeck (1902-1968) on Charles R. Darwin: "In a way, ours is the older method, somewhat like that of Darwin on the Beagle. He was called a 'naturalist'. He wanted to see everything, rocks and flora and fauna; marine and terrestrial. We came to envy this Darwin on his sailing ship. He had so much room and so much time. ... This is the proper pace for a naturalist. Faced with all things he [or she] cannot hurry. We must have time to think and to look and to consider [stress added]." John Steinbeck, 1951, The Log From The Sea of Cortez [1967 printing: Pan Books: London], page 123.

http://darwin.ws/day/ [Darwin Day Home Page]
http://www.galapagos.org/cdf.htm [Charles Darwin Foundation, Inc.]
http://www.aboutdarwin.com/ [About Darwin.com]
http://www.gruts.demon.co.uk/darwin/index.htm [The Friends of Charles Darwin Home Page]
wysiwyg://5/http://www.iexplore.com/multimedia/galapagos.jhtml [The Galápagos Islands!]
http://www.natcenscied.org [The National Center for Science Education]
http://www.darwinawards.com/ [Official Darwin Awards} "...showing us just how uncommon common sense can be." Wendy Northcutt, 2000, The Darwin Awards: Evolution in Action (Dutton).

---

ADDITIONAL FACTS, DATA, INFORMATION (or only "some CURRENT EVENTS" for Spring 2003)

"The difficulty is that modern human beings no longer directly perceive the world they live in and whose conditions affect them." James Burke and Robert Ornstein, 1995, The Axemaker's Gift: A Double-Edged History of Human Culture, page 280.

"Recent scientific studies continue to warn that humanity's demands on natural resources are reaching, or have already hit, unsustainable levels." Otis Port, 2002, Business Week, July 15, 2002, page 91.

"If the climate changes as predicted, California is in for a distinctly warmer future. Historical records hint that change may already be happening. ... Evidence exists that global warming has begun." Eddie Lau, June 30, 2002, The Sacramento Bee, page 1 + A17. [AND SEE: http://www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/ and http://www.ipc.ch/pub/tar/wg1/index.htm]

"The average person now changes jobs 8.6 times between the ages of 18 and 32, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Such upheavals in the labor market have forced colleges to adapt....[stress added]." Emily Bazar, 1999, Number of Students Over 40 Soaring At College Campuses. The Sacramento Bee, August 24, 1999, pages 1 and page A10, page 1.

"Medicine has caught up to Hollywood: The government approved a tiny camera in a capsule Wednesday [August 1, 2001] that patients can swallow to give doctors a close-up view of their small intestine. The camera painlessly winds its way through the digestive tract, using wireless technology to beam back color pictures of the gut. ... Doctors who wish to use the video pill will have to buy a $20,000 computer workstation; each capsule is $450 [stress added]." The Associated Press, 2001, FDA Approves Camera Pills To Diagnose Intestinal Ills. The Sacramento Bee, August 2, 2001, page A17.

"In 2000, Merck [& Co.] spent $161 million on advertising for Vioxx,' one label read. 'That is more than PepsiCo spent advertising Pepsi ($125 million), and more than Anheuser-Busch spent advertising Budweiser ($146 million). Research has show that industry largess influences doctors to the point that some im properly prescribe--or ovbersubscribe--certain drugs [stress added]." Chris Adams, 2002, Student Doctors Protest Largess of Drug Makers. The Wall Street Journal, June 24, 2002, Page B1 + B3, page B1.

"A small California biotech company today said Tuesday [July 9, 2002] that it has exclusive right to a new patent on a technique for producing therapeutic antibodies from corn and other farm crops." Denise Gellen, July 10, 2002, The Sacramento Bee, page D3.

"A UC Davis professor has developed a genetically engineered tomato believed to be the first salt-tolerant variety. Closest to home, the discovery could have a beneficial impact in the San Jaquin Valley and Southern California where farmers have been abandoning fields, in part because of excessive salt in the soil." Paul Schnitt, 2001, Tomato Made For Salty Soil. The Sacramento Bee, July 31, 2001, pages D1 and D6, page D1.

"They've tangled with corn and tinkered with the potato. Now the biotech industry is aiming its genetic know-how at cattle, to bring you pound after pound of perfect beef. Convinced that people will pay handsomely for the most tender of tenderloins, a maryland company has been sifting through cow genes to identify traits that separate a juicy steak from hamburger meal. ... Cattle producers usually don't know whether beef is top grade until blade meets carcass at the salughterhouse. Company officials predict that early screening could save producers money by pinpointing which animals should receive premium feed and attention [stress added]." Carolyn Abraham, 2002, Gene Map To A Juicier Steak. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 17, 2002, page E2.

"A report released Wednesday concludes that the 2 million California children who attend school in portable classrooms may be exposed to high levels of airborne carcinogenic materials. ... Portable classrooms are made of plastics and other synthetic materials that 'outgas' toxic compounds. The number of portable classrooms has exploded in California since the Class Size Reduction Act of 1997 went into effect. ... In 1991, there were approximately 43,000 such classrooms in the state. Today, there are about 86,500, accomodating about 2 million students. ... The report follows than announcement by a Santa Clara toxicologist who found high quantitites of aresnic, benzene and phenol--all associated with modern building materials--in the blood and urine of students who attended school in portable classrooms in Saugus, in Los Angeles Countty. [stress added]." San Francisco Chronicle, May 28, 1999, page A19.

"Cell phone users grew from 340,000 in 1985 to more than 123 million in 2001, according to the environmental group INFORM, a New York-based independent research organization that examines the effects of business practices on the environment and on human health [stress added]." Alicia Roca, 2002, Hello To Toxic Worries. The Sacramento Bee, June 17, 2002, page D1 + D4, page D1.

"The Cellular Telecommunications and Internet Association estimates that 61 percent of people in this country ages 18 to 24 have a wireless phone. ... A CSU Chico survey last year found 57 percent of its students carried a wireless phone [stress added]" Terri Hardy, 2002, Phones. The Sacramento Bee, July 1, 2002, Pages B1 + B3, page B3.

"A two-year Finnish study suggests that radiation from mobile-phones handsets may affect the biochemistry of cells, though the research doens't show whether the devices are a health risk." Gautam Naik, 2002, Human Cells May Be Affected by Mobile-Phone Radiation. The Wall Street Journal, June 20, 2002, page D4.

"Scientists have bad news for people who think they can deftly drive a car while gabbing on a cell phone. The first study using magnetic resonance images of brain activity to compare what happens in people when they do a complex task, as opposed to two tasks at a time, reveals a disquieting fact: The brain appears to have a finite amount of space for tasks requiring attention. When people try to drive in heavy traffic and talk, researcher say, brain activity doe not double. It decreases. People performing two demanding tasks simultaneously do neither one as well as they do each one alone. The study, published in tomorrow's issue of the journal Neurolmage. ... The active regions are measured in voxels, volumes of brain tissue about the size of a grain of rice. When a particular part of the brain is working hard, more voxels light up [stress added]." Sandra Blakeslee [New York Times], 2001, Yakking And Driving May Not Mix Well. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 31, 2001, page A2.

"Dozens of factories in Contra Costa County's industrial belt contain dangerous amounts of hazardous materials, but county officials said Wednesday that they have not determined how many have backup generators to avoid potential disaster when blackouts hit this summer. It is a major concern in the county with the highest amount of hazardous materials per capita in California...[stress added]." Joe Garofoli and Pia Sarkar, 2001, Chemical Leak Waves Red Flag in Contra Costa. The San Francisco Chronicle, May 4, 2001, page A19 and A21, page A19.

"Infections caused by germs that resist treatment with antibiotics kill more than 14,000 Americans each year [Urbanowicz Adds} approximately 38 people a day!], says a coalition of federal and private groups that met Tuesday [April 15, 2001] in Washington, D.C., to launch an education campaign called Save Antibiotic Strength. Pilot programs will begin in San Diego, Norfolk, Va., and the state of Connecticut to raise awareness of the dangers of overprescription and misuse of antibiotics, which can lead to drug resistance [Urbanowicz adds} as a result of "evolution"]. 'It is estimated that 50 million antibiotic prescriptions for illnesses such as cold or flu are given each year [or ~136,986/day!], and are of no benefit in treating such conditions,' says Richard Roberts, president of the American Academy of Family Physicians [stress added]." Michelle Healy, 2001, A Better Life. USA Today, April 18, 2001, page 6D.

"What makes the situation so desperate, experts agree, is that new and more effective drugs are not, in themselves, enough. As Richard Colonno, vice president for infectious disease at Bristol-Myers Squibb, sees it, what new drugs do is reset a pathogen's biological clock. They buy time, but eventually resistance to these compounds will also arise. Why? In a word, evolution [stress added]." J. Madeline Nash, 2001, The Antibiotic Crisis. Time, January 15, 2001, No Page Number.

"To stop an infection, most doctors automatically reach for an antibiotic, the most effective way known to kill off infectious germs. But antibiotics are the nuclear weapons of medicine--they often also wipe out helpful bacteria and forster the growth of drug-resistant germ strains [stress added]." David P. Hamilton, 2002, Toothless Germs Can't Bite. The Wall Street Journal, April 11, 2002, page D8.

"Scientific evidence is mounting that...music may be as powerful a food for the brain as for the soul. Not only does it pluck at emotional heart strings, but scientists say that it also turns on brain circuits that aid recognition of patterns and structures critical to development of mathematics skills, logic, perception and memory [stress added]." Bill Henrrick, 1996, Parents, Studies Say Music Lends An Ear To Learning. San Francisco Chronicle, July 6, 1996, page A7.

"Why We're So Nice: We're Wired to Cooperate" by Natalie Angier, July 23, 2002, The New York Times, page D1 and D8} "The reseachers, performing their work at Emory University in Atlanta, used magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]...."

"BRAIN STRAIN: Feel like you can't think straight when you're stressed out? You're probably right. Researchers who injected volunteers with cortisol--a hormone secreted during stress--report that those who received the highest doeses for the longest period (four days) had the most trouble recalling a story they had been told. There is a bright spot: a week after the hormone injections stopped, memory was completely restored." Janice M. Horowitz, 1999, Time, June 28, 1999, page 79.

"Radioactive rain still falls periodically on Moscow, 15 years after Ukraine's Chernobyl nuclear power station exploded [April 26, 1986] in what was the world's worst peacetime nuclear disaster. Although Moscow originally was not designated as an affected territory after the accident, Natalya Shandala of Moscow's Institute of Biophysics announced, 250 times above the normal after the explosion. The accident affected at least 3 million people and continues to cause more frequent occurences of disease, including thyroid cancers, and high levels of stress and suicide in the contaminated areas [stress added]." Steve Newman, 2001, The San Francisco Chronicle, May 6, 2001. [And see, if you wish} http://www.uilondon.org/industry/chernobyl/inf07.htm]

"Among the biggest worries stemming from the sequencing of the human genome is that health insurers nmight use genetic information to discriminate against patients." Barbara Martinez, 2002, Aetna CEO Urges Genetic Tests for Some Treatable Illnesses. The Wall Street Journal, June 17, 2002, page B1 + B4, page B1.

"Genes are found to foretell fate of breast cancers. ... Gene samples from tumors can be anaylzed using microarrays to predict the cancer's treatability." Gina Kolata, 2002. Breast Cancer: Genes are tied to death rates. The New York Times, December 19, 2002, pages A1 + A23.

"In a potential payoff from genomics research, cancer researchers, are increasingly confident they can identify molecular 'fingerprints' in tumors that will predict whether a given cancer is likely to spread quickly and lead to early death. Such findings could eventually revoutionize the way many cancers are treated [stress added]." David P. Hamilton, 'Fingerprints' Of Cancer Cells Coould Predict Disease's Spread. The Wall Street Journal, December 19, 2002, page B1.

"For women diagnosed with moderately serious breast cancer, a large network of supportive friends and relatives cuts the risk of recurrence and death by 60% over seven years, a researcher reports today." Friends May Make Breast Cancer More Survivable. Marilyn Elias, 2001, USA Today, March 8, 2001, page D1.

"'Intriguiging' Study Says Prayer Can Heal. Prayer may not only warm the heart--it may improve its health as well, according to a preliminary study by Duke University. The study found that angioplasty patients with acute heart ailments who were prayed for by seven religious groups did 50 to 100 percent better during their hospital stays than patients who received no prayers [stress added]." Scott Mooneyham [Associated Press Writer], 1998, The Chico Enterprise-Record, page 6A.

"Monsanto Co. believes that some of its canola seed might contain genetically modified material that isn't federally approved. Angling to avoid a massive recall of food products, the company is asking regulators to forgive any presence of it." Scott Kilman and Jill Carroll, 2002, Monsanto Admits Unapproved Seed may Be in Crops. The Wall Street Journal, April 15, 2002, page A3.

"Scientists suspect there may be a handful of age-defying genes [in human beings], and the competition to pinpoint and understand them is heated. Medical researchers and drug company scientists reason that if they can figure out exactly what those genes do, they may be able to develop drugs or other treatments to enhance or mimic their action [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2003, Puzzle of The Century [in Nova Scotia]. Smithsonian, January 2003, Vol. 13, No. 10, pages 72-80, page 77.

---

WEEK 4: BEGINNING February 17, 2003

I. RESEARCH & ECOLOGY & INTO LANGUAGE

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview], pages 104-108.
"Language and Communication" [Overview], pages 59-62.
"Conversation Style" Talking on the Job" by Debra Tannen, pages 95-103.
"Life Without Chiefs" by Marvin Harris, pages 327-335.

III. APPROPRIATE VISUALS:
A. VTAPE: MYSTERIES OF MANKIND

"My intention is not, however, to [simply] impart information, but to throw the burden of study upon you. If I succeed in teaching you to observe, my aim will be attained." Louis Aggasiz [1807-1873], Swiss-American Scientist.

"We are more alike than different from one another. We -- your parents, your grandparents, and I -- are simply at different stages along the same journey as you. Study us well. And if you look very closely, you will also find yourselves twenty or thirty or forty years from now. But take pride in the fact that, for all the universality, each of you carries within him or her a spark of uniqueness [stress added]. Statement by Ted Koppel. In Alan Ross [Editor], 2001, Speaking of Graduating: Excerpts From Timeless Graduation Speeches (Nashville, TN: Walnut Grove Press), page 24.

B. FILM: NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION [and see http://www.careersonline.com.au/easyway/int/nvcomm.html].

"Communication begins with self and with others. The way we have learned about ourselves as women or as men affects how we communicate with others. This, in turn, affects others' perceptions of us and communication with us. How others see and communicate with us spirals back and influences our self-concept." Judy Cornelia Pearson et. al, 1991, Gender & Communication [2nd edition]), page 74. http://www.pbs.org/wnet/nature/koko/ [A Conversation With Koko the Gorilla]

"Body language is innate. Worldwide, all people who pout adopt the same expression. None other than Charles Darwin [1809-1882] recorded that observation." The San Francisco Chronicle, March 1, 1998, page 8.

"Scientists have for the first time identified a gene that plays a critical role in human language and speech. The finding sheds slight on what scientists suspect in one of several inherited elements of language ability, which in combination with key social and environmental cues have allowed the human species to talk, gab, gossip and schmooze its way to global dominance [stress added]." Rick Weiss, Gense says much about language. The Sacramento Bee, October 4, 2001, page A8.

"People the world over are almost identical, yet still so different genetically that they can be easily sorted into five major groups based on ancestry, new research shows. In the largest study of human genetic variation, the international research team separated people by the major migrations of ancient humankind, from Africa into Eurasia, East Asia, Oceania and the Americas, in a way that overturns conventional notions of race. With growing assurance, scientists are overturning deep-seated prejudices over what makes human beings different - skin color, facial features, physique ... On the whole, there is less genetic difference between human beings than between any tw o members of almost any other mammalian species, scientists said. ... 'Everybody is the same; everybody is different,' said Mary-Claire King, an expert in human genetics at the University of Washington in Seattle.... Looking for patterns of human ancestry, the research team used distinctive segments of DNA called micro-satellites that are passed down from generation to generation. ... In all, they analyzed 377 of these DNA markers [stress added]." Robert Lee Holtz, 2002, Gene study sorts humans into five major groups. The Sacramento Bee, December 20, 2002, page A35.

IV. A STRATEGY OF ADAPTATION: CULTURAL EVOLUTION
A. Importance of Terminology
B. Strategies On Foraging, Gathering, Hunting, Pastoralism, and....
C. Cyberspace below (and all around us!).

V. REMINDERS:
A. EXAM I (20%) on FRIDAY February 28, 2003 (Map, Multiple Choice, & True/False)
B. Potential EXAM I Questions below in this Guidebook
C. Map for Exam 1 (below)
D. See: http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/samericaquiz.html
http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/afrquiz.html

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ECONOMIC SYSTEM: The provision of goods and services to meet biological and social needs.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

HUNTING & GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occurring foods.

INDUSTRIALISM: A subsistence strategy marked by intensive, mechanized food production and elaborate distribution networks.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

PASTORALISM: a subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

SUBSISTENCE STRATEGIES: Strategies used by groups of people to exploit their environment for material necessities. Hunting and gathering, horticulture, pastoralism, agriculture, and industrialism are subsistence strategies.

VIDEO = "Lucy" discovered = "...a small female australopithecine who lived three million years ago, beside a lake in what is now Ethiopia. With forty percent of her skeleton recovered, she is the most complete specimen of an early hominid ever found. The shape of the pelvic bone shows that she was female, while the leg bones indicate that she walked upright. Her teeth suggest that she was about twenty years old when she died." Richard E. Leakey, 1981, The Making of Mankind, page 67.

VIDEO = Richard Leakey, son of the Drs. Louis and Mary Leakey, as the "organizing genius of modern paleontology. ... Homo erectus - the first human species to leave Africa. ... Tools as a reflection of the user."

April 2001 NOTE: "You find something beautiful and new, but the conclusion is you actually know less....[stress added]." Fred Spoor, University College, London. His comment in "The 'Gang' Hits Again" dealing with a recent Leakey find in Kenya} Kenyathropus platyops. Time, April 2, 2001, page 65.

VIDEO = Pat Schifman = "The problem for us today is to tease out of the past - to coax out of the evidence - ... And once we know when we started and how we started and what was important, then we may have a very different idea of what it means to be human; videos also deals with DNA research and the hypothesis of a single woman in Africa approximately 200,000 years ago = "the more closely alike the DNA, the more closely related the individuals are."

VIDEO = "New technologies will add other new pieces to the expanding puzzle, but that is all we can expect--random puzzle pieces--never can the entire picture be known. For scientists, the excitement of the quest never diminishes." For More, see Scientific American of April 1992 for article by Wilson & Cann entitled "The Recent African Genesis of Humans" and an opposing article by Thorne & Wolpoff entitled "The Multiregional Evolution of Humans" where they state that "The reasoning behind a molecular clock is flawed" and see Discovery September 1995 (pages 70-81) for some of the latest work by Ofer Bar-Yosef at Kebara.

"One of the greatest lessons that can be learned from the history of science is one of humility. Science may indeed be steadily learning more about the structure of the world, but surely what is known is exceedingly small in relation to what is unknown. There is no scientific theory today, not even a law, that may not be modified or discarded tomorrow [stress added]." Martin Gardner, 1990, The New Ambidextrous Universe: Symmetry and Asymmetry From Mirror Reflections to Superstrings, 3rd edition, page 335.

"In his perceptive little book Technopoly, Neil Postman argues that all disciplines ought to be taught as if they were history. That way, students 'can begin to understand, as they now do not, that knowledge is not a fixed thing but a stage in human development, with a past and a future.' I wish I'd said that first. If all knowledge has a past--and computer technology is surely a special kind of knowledge--then all knowledge is contingent [stress added]." Paul de Palma, 1999, http://www.when_is_enough_enough?.com. The American Scholar, Winter, reprinted in David Quammen [Editor], 2000, The Best American Science And Nature Writing 2000, pages 34-47 (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 36.

NOTE: "Neanderthals and modern humans not only coexisted for thousands of years long ago, as anthropologists have established, but now their little secret is out: They also cohabited. At least that is the interpretation being made by paleontologists who have examined the 24,500 year-old skeleton of a young boy discovered recently in a shallow grave in Portugal [stress added]." John N. Wilford, 1999, Homo sapiens may be related to Neanderthals. San Francisco Examiner, April 25, 1999, page A4.

"Long after I became involved in fossil hunting, but while my father and I were still cleaning antlers, I came across a manuscript of a lecture he had given, in California, I think. One sentence arrested my attention: 'The past is the key to our future.' I felt as if I were reading something I had written; it expressed my own conviction completely [stress added]." Richard Leakey & Roger Lewin, 1992, Origins Reconsidered: In Search Of What Makes Us Human, page xv.

"... a discovery reported last week in the journal Nature has brought paleontologists tantalizingly close to answering both these questions [concerning "evolutionary steps"]. Working as part of an international team led by U.S. and Ethiopian scientists, a graduate student named Yohannes Haile-Selassie (no relation to the Emperor), enrolled at the University of California, Berkeley, has found the remains of what appears to be the most ancient human ancestor ever discovered. It's a chimp-size creature that lived in the Ethiopian forests between 5.8 million and 5.2 million years ago.... Clearly, there are still plenty of questions to ask, and plenty of surprises left to uncover, in the ancient sediments of eastern Africa [stress added]." Michael D. Lemoniock and Andrea Dorfman (With reporting by Simon Robinson), 2001, The Giant Step For Manking, Time, July 23, 2001, pages 54-61.

JULY 2002} "Amid a spectacular trove of stone tools and fossil animal bones in the former Soviet republic of Georgia, scientists have found the nearly complete skull of a small-brained early human who lived 1.7 million years ago and those characteristics open fresh mysteries about the migration of our ancient forebears from their origins in Africa [stress added]." David Perlman, 2002, Ancient human skull may help unravel migration mystery. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 5, 2002, page A5; "The findings suggest that human-like species of various kinds may have traveled or lived together after leaving Africa as history's first migrants, the researcher's say [stress added]." Paul Recer, 2002, A diverse gathering of humans. The Sacramento Bee, July 5, 2002, page A19.

"The transition from hunting to agriculture had profound consequences. Nomadic groups had relatively little capacity to alter the environment. Sedentary populations, on the other hand, transformed the location in many ways. As archaeological excavations demonstrate, humans cleared the land, built drainage and water systems, and kept domesticated animals. As the food supply became more dependable, populations began to grow in both size and density. Humans increasingly lived in villages, towns, and subsequently cities, where more crowded conditions prevailed. Additional contatcs between groups followed the inevitable rise of trade and commerce [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 10.

SOME QUESTIONS asked of Richard Leakey: "What do you think is the biggest problem facing the world today? Global warming. ... Which historical figure would you most like to invite to a dinner party? Charles Darwin, so that I could tell him of what we now know and re-assure him that he has made some of the most significant contributions ever in terms of placing us within context on this planet [stress added]." Discover, May 1999, pages 18-19.

NOTE: "Nonverbal communication functions in several important ways in regulating human interactions. It is an effective way of (1) sending messages about our attitudes and feelings, (2) elaborating on our verbal messages, and (3) governing the timing and turn taking between communicators [stress added]." Gary P. Ferraro, 1990, The Cultural Dimensions Of International Business, page 69.

VIDEO: "The world of people is a world of words....[but]." "Just as a bird watcher watches birds, so a man-watcher [or a people watcher] watches people. But he [or she] is a student of human behavior, not a voyeur. To him [or her], the way an elderly gentleman waves to a friend is quite as exciting as the way a young girl crosses her legs. He [or she] is a field-observer of human actions, and his [or her] field is everywhere--at the bus-stop, the supermarket, the airport, the street corner, the dinner party and the football match. Wherever people behave, there the man-watcher [or people watcher] has something to learn--about his [or her] fellow-men and ultimately about himself." [Desmond Morris, 1977, Manwatching: A Field Guide to Human Behavior, page 8]

VIDEO: The human face, one of the most expressive "tools." ... How do "we" know that it is the face and not the knowledge about the feeling behind the face? ... "Proxemics" or the study of interpersonal space in human beings. Females are more sensitive to non-verbal cues than men. Important for survival in the environment. ... Deliberate ambiguity of non-verbal communication [NVC]. ... NVC as an instrument of self-presentation; used to qualify remarks; synchronize communications; and express a thought or feeling we may wish to take back. If some NVC are learned, some are also traced to our biological heritage.

NOTE: Zones: Intimate, Personal, Social, and Public. (See Peter Marsh, 1988, Eye To Eye: How People Interact, page 42); "Culture is communication and communication is culture....Culture is not one thing, but many....Culture is concerned more with messages...." (E. T. Hall, The Silent Language, 1959: 169).

NOTE: "According to anthropologist Ray Birdwhistell, in any human conversation, no more than thirty-five percent of the social meaning is communicated in words. All the rest is nonverbal [stress added]." (Flora Davis, Eloquent Animals: A Study in Animal Communication, 1978: 183)

NOTE: "Why do men and women communicate so differently? It may be something in our genes. A new study has found evidence of a gene that may explain why women tend to be more adept in social situations than men - contradicting the popular notion that cultural differences cause the male-female social gap. 'This suggests that there is a genetic basis for female intuition ... the ability to read social situations that are not obvious,' says David Skuse, lead author of the report in this week's issue of Nature. 'Women are born with that facility and men have to learn it.' ... No word yet on finding a gene for people who are just plain boring [stress added]." Robert Langreth, The Wall Street Journal, June 12, 1997, page B1.

PLEASE NOTE: "Contrary to established theory, men and women use radically different methods for coping with stress, a new study has concluded. ... Recent observations, the researchers say, indicate that women, and females of numerous other species, typically employ a different response, which the psychologists term 'tend and befriend.' When stress mounts, women are more prone to protect and nurture their children ('tend') and turn to social networks of supportive females ('befriend'). That behavior became prevalent over millenia of human evolution, the researchers speculate, because succesful tenders and befrienders would be more likely to have their offspring survive and pass on their mothers' traits [stress added]." Stress Management A Gender Issue? Curt Suplee, The San Francisco Chronicle, May 19, 2000, page A3.

---

Anthropology & Cyberspace (Spring 2003)

I. CYBERSPACE: A term used William Gibson in Neuromancer (1984) to describe interactions in a world of computers and human beings. Cyberspace can be viewed as another location to be explored and interpreted by anthropologists. Urbanowicz believes that the "World Wide Web" is very similar to the period known as "The Enlightenment" in France (which, combined with the industrial revolution that began in approximately the 1760's, created the world that we know today). For some of the reasons that Urbanowicz does what he does, see: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/K12Visuals98.htm. 

"Software engineers will tell you that the longer they labor to solve complex problems by manually writing code, the more they respect the reasoning power of the human brain. For years, artificial-intelligence researchers have gained some of their most useful insights from experts in brain function. And today the biological sciences are making similar contributions to all sorts of technologies useful to business, from software that 'grows,' 'heals' and 'reproduces' to tiny carbon tubes that will allow computer transistors to shrink to atomic dimentions even as they grow more powerful [stress added]." Eric Roston, 2002, High Tech Evolves: More Businesses are studying biology to solve complex management and computing problems. Time, June 10, 2002, n.p.

"Though Darwin died more than a century before the advent of the World Wide Web, his unforgiving survival theory applied as much to outdoors-oriented sites as to the species. The fittest are still with us...." Michael Shapiro, 2002, Returning to nature easier after trekking through Net. San Francisco Chronicle, June 2, 2002,Section C8, page 8.

"The great thing about crummy software is the amount of employment it generates. If Moore's law is upheld for another 20 or 30 years, there will not only be a vast amount of computation going on planet Earth, but the maintenance of that computation will consume the efforts of almost every living person. We're talking about a planet of help desks [stress added]." Jaron Lanier, 2000, One-Half of a Manifesto: Why stupid software will save the future from neo-Darwinian machines. Wired, December 2000, 8.12, pages 158-179, page 174.

"First U.S. web site created 10 years ago [December 12, 1991]. MENLO PARK (AP) - Ten years ago, a Stanford University physicist created the first U.S. web site - three lines of text, with one link to e-mail and another lionk to a huge scientific database. Paul Kunz's basic Web site, which first appeared Dec. 12, 1991, was the first U.S. site on the World Wide Web, which was then just a year old. ... 'I don't think, 10 years ago, anyone foresaw it would grow this fast,' Kunz said. 'There's a whole generation of people growing up who think the Web's always existed.' ... [stress added]." Anon., 2001, The Chico Enterprise-Record, December 4, 2001, page 4B.

"'It's the information age, and librarians are the information specialists,' said Kevin Starr, state librarian for California. ... I think information service is the profession for the millennium [said Cora Iezza]." Beyond the Dewey Decimal. Julie N. Lynem, July 14, 2002, The San Francisco Chronicle, page B1.

II. ON CAMPUS: See The Meriam Library 116 and "Student Computing" at: http://www.csuchico.edu/stcp/ as well as http://www.csuchico.edu/stcp/about/ownership.shtml.

III. INTERNET growth (see http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Jan'98_Millennium_Paper.html).

"[Children] Born during a baby bulge that demographers locate between 1979 and 1994, they are as young as five and as old as 20, with the largest slice still a decade away from adolescence. And at 60 million strong, more than three times the size of Generation X, they're the biggest thing to hit the American scene since the 72 million baby boomers. Still too young to have forged a name for themselves, they go by a host of taglines: Generation Y, Echo Boomers, or Millennium Generation. ... Most important though, is the rise of the Internet, which has sped up the fashion life cycle by letting kids everywhere find out about even the most obscure trends as they emerge. It is the Gen Y medium of choice, just as network TV was for boomers. 'Television drives homogeneity,' says Mary Slayton, global director for consumer insights for Nike. 'The Internet drives diversity [stress added].'" Ellen Newborne et al., 1999, Generation Y. Business Week, February 15, 1999, pages 80-88, page 82-83.

INTERNET INVALUABLE: "A research report conducted by The Angus Reid Group into Internet usage among teens and young adults finds that the Internet is now as common and invaluable as the encyclopedia and school library were to earlier generations of students. However, Internet access in schools varies widely around the world and most schools have yet to offer Web-related courses, according to interviews conducted with full- and part-time students in 16 countries. Among the countries surveyed, Sweden and Canada lead the list in offering students access to the Internet from their schools. The report, titled The Face of the Web: Youth, found that more than nine in 10 students who have access in Australia, Canada, the United States, and Sweden report using the Web to complete their school assignments. It also found that the biggest gap between nations exists in access to schools offering courses about the Internet [stress added]." For more information see, http://www.angusreid.com/ [from: THE ISOC FORUM international electronic publication of the Internet Society, October 2000, Vol. 6, No. 10]} see http://www.isoc.org]

http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/8.04/joy.html [Why The Future Doesn't Need us} Provocative article by Bill Joy} co-founder and Chief Scientist of Sun Microsystems]

AUGUST 10, 1998} "The driving force in the semiconductor industry has been the theorem known as Moore's Law. First posited by Intel Corp. co-founder Gordin Moore in the 1960s, Moore's Law states that the number of transistors that fit on a chip will double every 18 months. ... Moore's Law has held true so far, with Intel's latest Pentium cramming 8 million transistors on a tiny sliver of silicon. The industry is confident that it can achieve even more astounding figures, such as 100 million transistors on a chip [stress added]." San Francisco Chronicle, August 10, 1998, page E1.

JUNE 21, 2002} "Scientists have developed a new method of stamping out cheap but powerful computer chips that could revolutionize the industry and offer consumers a new generation of high-powered computers. ... 'we might expect Moore's law to hold for, maybe, another two decades....'[stress added]" Carl T. Hall, 2002, Chip Ideas Leads to Faster Computers. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 21, 2002, page A2.

JUNE 11, 2002} "International Business machines Corp. plans to announce today that it has doubled the amount of data it can store per square inch, a finding that could boost the capacity of cellphones, digital cameras and hand-held computers within a few years. Researchers at IBM's Zurich laboratory have achieved storage rates of one terabit per square inch using what are essentially microscopic punch cards. Such technology could store 25 million printed textbook pages on a surface the size of a postage stamp, about 20 times what is possible with techniques used in the best computer hard drives today. ... [the] latest storage technology could be available commercially as early as 2005 at prices similar to the memory cards used in digital cameras and other devices today [stress added]. Kevin J. Delaney, 2002, IBM to Announce Leap in Capacity of Data Storage. The Wall Street Journal, June 11, 2002, page D6.

DECEMBER 23, 2002} "Once again, silicon experts have prolonged the usefullness of the world's premier semi-conductor material. ... IBM scientists reported that they have made a working transistor only 6-nm [six nanometers] wide. ... Get ready for chips crammed with a billion or more transistors [stress added]." Otis port, 2002, Developments towatch. Business Week, December 23, 2002, page 88.

V. LEARN

A. Learn how to use "search engines" and "subject directories" and The Meriam Library facilities.
B. Learn how to "weigh" the information available over the Internet!

"Consumer groups says search engines use deceptive advertising." The Wall Street Journal, July 17, 2001, page B7; and see/read: "Many search users think they are getting unbiased search results, when they are really getting advertisements,' said Gary Ruskin, executive director for Commercial Alert of Portland, Ore." The San Francisco Chronicle, July 17, 2001, page B3.

If you "surf" the web (and I do), please surf carefully and evaluate wisely: below you have some examples for information concerning "Charles R. Darwin" available on the web, and note the different amounts of data generated by different search engines: evaluate carefully!

On November 27, 2002, "search engine hits" for "Charles R. Darwin" resulted in the following information: Google had 143,000 items; "Power Search" by Northern Light had 2,720 items; Alta Vista Search had 84,274 items; MonkeySweat had numerous items; and WiseNut had 76,294 items (and AllTheWeb had 516,281 web pages for "Charles R. Darwin").

On May 2, 2002, "search engine hits" for "Charles R. Darwin" resulted in the following information: Google had 130,000 items; "Power Search" by Northern Light had 2,623 items; Alta Vista Search had 36,608 items; MonkeySweat had numerous items; and WiseNut had 64,940 items.

On February 6, 2002, "search engine hits" for "Charles R. Darwin" resulted in the following information: Google had 118,000 items; "Power Search" by Northern Light had 2,587 items; Alta Vista Search had 40,131 items; and MonkeySweat had numerous items!

Obviously, just as with people, all "search engines" are not created equal!

"As 2002 comes to a close, the search service Google has become so predominant on the Web, and the importance of being listed there so vital to many, even the phrase 'to Google' something or someone -- that is, to search the Web for that thing or person -- is now considered a verb." Jefferson Graham, 2002, It's the 'G' list that matters. USAToday, December 18, 2002, page 6D.  And do remember: http://news.google.com/ [Google News & Search Engine]

V. SOME INFORMATION
A. "Are old PCs Poisoning Us? Toxic gear is piling up in landfills, but recyclying could help. ... All this may come as a surprise to those who thought the Information Age would spawn a cleaner environment [stress added]."" Business Week, June 12, 2000, page 78.
B. On Exploring the World Wide web (from http://www.gactr.uga.edu/exploring/index.html)
C. And The World Wide Web itself (at http://www.w3.org/WWW/)

VI. EXPERIMENT and EXPLORE:

"And then the revolution came. ... Computers and modems and the mighty Web are as ubiquitous in a child's vocabulary as the multiplication table. ... Experts say that computers, and more importantly, the Internet, are changing the way children learn, develop and think. Amanda Stanley had a computer in her home even when her family chose not to keep a TV or radio in the house. 'I've been around computers all my life,' she said. The 13-year-old [born 1987?], who comes from a family of computer enthusiasts, learned how to paint jeans at a camp last summer. Now she wants to sell her wearable art online. She is enrolled in Giga Gals, a program that started at the Austin [Texas] Children's Museum in February [2000]. Web designers help 9- to 18-year-olds get online and start their own sites, from Web diaries to e-commerce ventures [stress added]." Omar L. Gallaga, 2000, For High-Tech Kids, Computers Are The Norm, Not A Novelty. The San Francisco Chronicle, May 29, 2000, page B5.

VII. THROUGHOUT THIS Guidebook YOU HAVE VARIOUS URL "addresses" for WEB PAGES to be reached by a browser: they are a guide for you to explore on your own and they can lead to other links! (And "multiple" URLs have been provided in case some no longer exist!) Note distinctions between .edu & .com & .org & .gov and....

VIII. "When this circuit learns your job, what are you going to do?" In Marshall McLuhan & Quentin Fiore (1967), The Medium Is The Massage, page 20.

"Career advice for the 21st century: Stay away from any job that can be done online.... profiting from the Darwinian labor economics of the Internet [stress added]." Mani and Me: Hearing 'Mister,' I work Cheap' From Across The Globe. Lee Gomes, June 3, 2002, The Wall Street Journal, page B.

"Is that crushing pain a heart attack, or pulled muscles from yesterday's pec-dek session? Ask your T shirt. made of a soft, washable fabric with optical and electrical fibers woven into it, the SmartShirt records heart and respiration rates, body temperature and calories burned. Information is relayed wirelessly and can be sent on to doctors or personal trainers. Future planned products include shirts for military use that would provide a trapped soldier's exact location and give triage units details about wounds."Time, November 19, 2001.

"'We used to educate farmers to be farmers, factory workers to be factory workers, teachers to be teachers, men to be men, women to be women.' The future demands 'renaissance people. You can't be productive in the information age if you don't know how to talk to a diverse population, use a computer, understand a world view instead of a parochial view, write, speak [stress added].'" In Byrd L. Jones and Robert W. Maloy, 1996, Schools For An Information Age: Reconstructing Foundations For learning And Teaching, page 15.

"Cookies are text files that a Web site places on your hard disk. They are a tool for personalizing your access and your path through a Web site. At their most innocent, cookies can help you more than they help the Web-site operator, by storing log-in information and preference information you've established so you see the site in the way you prefer, and get to key information quickly. However, cookies can also be used by Web-site operators to track your behavior, target ads at you, and otherwise establish a profile you never agreed to establish. Both Netscape Navigator and Microsoft Internet Explorer allow you to block all cookies." Walter S. Mosberg, The Wall Street Journal, December 23, 1999, page B8.

NOTE: Some interesting sites were mentioned in USA Today on 20 March 2001 in an article entitled "Net Makes Cheating As Easy As ABC" by Karen Thomas (page 3D): "Basically, our teachers are clueless about the Internet [stress added]" and on 22 March 2001, the Los Angeles Times (page T3) covered research on the WWW, beginning with http://www.google.com and mentioning various sites (also included below):

---

POSSIBLE QUESTIONS FOR EXAM I (20%) ON FRIDAY FEBRUARY 28, 2003.

1. Anthropology provides ______ basis for dealing with the crucial dilemmas of today's world. (a) an historical; (b) a scientific; (c) a computerized; (d) a romantic

2. Among the Yanomamo, the following took place: (a) alliances; (b) trading; (c) feasts; (d) all-of-the-above.

3. Someone has written that "You may not believe in evolution, and that is all right. How we humans came to be the way we are is far less important than...": (a) how we should act now to get out of the mess we have made for ourselves; (b) how will we create rules of descent; (c) where the next fossil finds will be found; (d) all-of-the-above.

4. Recent scientific studies continue to warn that humanity's demands on natural resources: (a) have yet to be reached; (b) are in balance with nature; (c) are reaching, or have already hit, unsustainable levels; (d) sorry: never mentioned!

5. TRUE FALSE The "Abstract" for Harris (in S&M) pointed out that there were no societies in the world that lacked formal political structure.

6. TRUE FALSE For various anthropologists, "evidence" can be tools, bones, or genes.

7. TRUE FALSE Bohannan (in S&M) discussed translation problems of Hamlet for the Tiv of Mexico.

8. TRUE FALSE A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals is defined as horticulture.

9. TRUE FALSE The concept of "silent language" consists of speaking distances, gestures, as well as smiles (and a "host of other tacit signs").

10. TRUE FALSE Thomas Jefferson (1743-1826) is very often cited as the "father" of American Archaeology.

ALSO PLEASE REMEMBER: "Examinations are formidable even to the best prepared; for the greatest fool may ask more than the wisest man [or individual!] can answer." (Charles Colton, 1780-1832).

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTOne.htm by FRIDAY FEBRUARY 21, 2003, to assist you in the examination. (Incidentally, I am well aware that "older" versions of my ANTH 13 Exams exist "out there" - I return them to you so you can learn from any mistakes; by all means, if you have access to "old" exams, do look at them; but r.e.m.e.m.b.e.r to read and study for EXAM I (and eventually EXAM II and EXAM III) as if you might be faced with BRAND NEW EXAMINATION QUESTIONS - which could well be the case!)!

---

WEEK 5: BEGINNING February 24, 2003

I. LANGUAGE, COMMUNICATION & REVIEW AND EXAM I (20%) on Friday February 28, 2003.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Eating Christmas in the Kalahari" by Richard Borshay Lee, pages 15-22.
"Shakespeare in the Bush" by Laura Bohannan, pages 23-32.
"Homo grammaticus" by Martin A. Nowak, pages 63-69.

III. LANGUAGE, THOUGHT, AND CULTURE
A. Sapir-Whorf [Who were they? who cares?!] [as well as http://www.aber.ac.uk/~dgc/whorf.html]
B. Culture is Communication is Culture!

"Culture is communication. In physics, so far as we know, the galaxies that one studies are all controlled by the same laws. This is not entirely true of the worlds created by humans. Each cultural world operates according to its own principles, and its own laws--written and unwritten. Even time and space are unique to each culture. There are, however, some common threads that run through all cultures. It is possible to say that the world of communication can be divided into three parts: words, material things, and behavior." Edward & Mildred Hall, 1990, Understanding Cultural Differences, page 3.

"Encouraging students to trust themselves is one of the most important things a teacher can do. ... You can help the student know herself [or himself] by inspiring participation and promoting self-confidence." Judith Kahn, 1975, The Guide To Conscious Communication, page 4.

"Researchers have found in the lab what many couples already know: Men and women handle stress differently. A study determined that young women are better able to cope with stress than young men, leading researchers to suggest there is such a thing as a female 'anti-stress' hormone." Anon., 2001, Men, women handle stress differently, study suggests. The Sacramento Bee, November 14, 2001, page A8.

"Peter W. Jusczyk, a Johns Hopkins University researcher whose pioneering scientific understanding of how and when babies develop language has died. He was 53. ... Throuigh sophisticated experiments that gauged babies' responses to verbal cues, Professor Jusczyk showed that infants have the ability to recognize sound patterns and match them to their meanings long before they begin to babble. ... Professor Jusczyk and [Peter] Eimas' early research reinvigorated a field of investigation based in the work of 19th century evolutionist Charles Darwin...." Elaine Woo, 2001, The San Francisco Chronicle, September 1, 2001, page A15.

"Heard the one about the fashionista and his arm candy who live in parallel universes, prefer chat rooms and text messaging to snailmail, suffer sticker shock at the cost of pashminas and like chick lit or airport novels? This trendy tale is nonesense, of course, but it is now Oxford-approved nonesense. All of these new expressions are among the 3,500 additions to the just-published edition of the Shorter Oxford English dictionary, updated to record new words or new applications of them that have entered the language since its last revision, in 1993 [stress added]." Warren Hoge, The New York Times, November 12, 2002, page A4.

V. COMMENTS AND REVIEW
A. VTAPE: LANGUAGE
B. EXAM I (20%) ON FRIDAY FEBRUARY 28, 2003.
C. Review all Spradley & McCurdy pages & Guidebook pages to date.
D. Map} Central and South America and Africa.
E. Map, Multiple Choice, and True/False.
F. ONCE AGAIN} A "REPEAT" OF SOME OF THE TRANSPARENCIES USED USED ON DAY 1 OF CLASS (January 27, 2003) IS AVAILABLE AT: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/ANTH13SP2003

VI. JANE GOODALL WORDS:

"You may not believe in evolution, and that is all right. How we humans came to be the way we are is far less important than how we should act now to get out of the mess we have made for ourselves. How should the mind that can contemplate God relate to our fellow beings, the other life-forms of the world? What is our human responsibility? And what, ultimately, is our human destiny? [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 2.

VI. REMINDER: READINGS, TERMS, AND FILM FOR THIS WEEK ARE INCLUDED ON THE EXAM THIS FRIDAY FEBRUARY 28, 2003.

GRAMMAR: The categories and rules for combining vocal symbols.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

MORPHEME: The smallest meaningful category in any language.

NONLINGUISTIC SYMBOLS: Any symbol that exists outside the system of language and speech; for example, visual symbols.

PHONEME: The minimal category of speech sounds that signals a difference in meaning.

PHONOLOGY: The categories and rules for forming vocal symbols.

SEMANTICS: The categories and rules for relating vocal symbols to their referents.

SOCIOLINGUISTIC RULES: Rules specifying the nature of the speech community, the particular speech situations within a community, and the speech acts that members use to convey their messages.

SPEECH: The behavior that produces meaningful vocal sounds.

SYMBOL: Anything that humans can sense that is given an arbitrary relationship to its referent.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

"Dr. Paul Bloom, a professor of psychology at Yale, agreed that Petitto's research suggested that 'humans have a dedicated language ability from the start,.' Language capacity may be built into the human brain.... This view accords with the theory proposed by the linguist Noam Chomsky [1928->] that humans are born with the ability to use language [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2002, Babbies' babbling speaks volumes. The San Francisco Chronicle, November 10, 2002, page E11.

"Babies struggling to turn babble into polished patter use a previously undiscovered [!] instinct for rules to master the building blocks of language, scientists at New York University announced Thursday. The new insight [!!] is persuasive evidence that the ability to think in terms of formulas and rules is not just something that must be learned through schooling, as some scholars have argued, but is also a fundamental characteristic of every human mind, several language experts said. ... Working with 7-month-old infants, the NYU researchers determined that even the very young can make sense of speech by figuring out on their own simple rules about the patterns of language structure and grammar. ... The research, published today in Science, broadens the understanding of what may be built into every human brain at birth.... [stress added]." (The Sacramento Bee, January 1, 1999, page A8)

"Babies babble, starting at about seven months, not only with their mouths but also with their hands in a natural form of sign language, researchers have found. A study published in the journal Nature suggests that babies are born with sensitivity to highly specific rhythmic patterns naturally found in languages. The findings idicate that a baby's perception of such patterns is a key mechanism that launches the process of acquiring human language." Lee Bowman, 2001, C'mon, talk to me, baby. The San Francisco Chronicle, September 16, 2001, page C7.

VIDEO: "If language is built into us as a species, where in the evolutionary record did this miracle first occur? Why did language evolve in man alone of all living creatures? Clues to the origin of language come to us from fossil records. Dr. Philip Lieberman, of the Department of Linguistics at Brown University, has examined Nenaderthal and hominoid skulls in his laboratory. ... [You] observe how the muscles attach to the bones of the living animal, then put together the fossil. Now once you have that, you can also tell a fair amount about the brain and how the brain could control anatomy. ... Modern speech is very efficient. We don't think about it because we do it all the time. So it's perfectly natural. But it turns out that it's almost ten times faster than any other sound, such as sound that chimpanzees make. ... It's really impossible to conceive of human culture without language. Language enters into everything. You can't have human culture without human language. Further, language facilitates thought. I think it's impossible to conceive of human thought without human language. ... "In fact, language is so central to the human mind that it emerges in everyone with normal human abilities, even when hearing is absent at birth." ... Pidgin language develops into Creole as a result of the children. "So it may be the very structure of language is programmed into the brain [stress added]."

NOTE: "Derek Bickerton...believes that creoles provide evidence for an innate language program. Creoles--more than a hundred are known--generally appeared when the slave trade and European colonialism forced great numbers of people who spoke different languages to work together." (Ann Finkbeiner, 1988, in The Day That Lightning Chased The Housewife ...And Other Mysteries of Sciences, edited by Julia Leigh and David Savold, page 12).

"To some extent, language appears to be innate to Homo sapiens. The fossil evidence of Homo sapiens goes back to about 150,000 years ago. So we may assume that part of what distinguished the species when it arose was speech [stress added]." Dr. John H. McWhorter, Linguistics professor @ UC Berkeley. The New York Times, October 30, 2001, page D3.

"Brain scans can find Alzheimer's before symproms appear. A diagnostic technique used to find brain tumors or to locate the origin of seizures can accurately detect Alzheimer's and other degenerative brain diseases even before symptoms begin, a study says. Positron emission tomography, or PET scans, which provide 3-D images of brain activity." Anita Manning, November 7, 2001, USA Today, page 11D.

"Going the polygraph one better, scientists say they have spotted a telltale pattern of brain activity that can reveal when someone is lying. ... Using a type of brain scan called functional magnetic resonance imaging, scientists found certain brain regions...were more active in test subjects when they were not being truthful." Carl T. Hall, 2001, Fib Detector. The San Francisco Chronicle, November 26, 2001, page A10.

"Despite these dangers, I am joining the growing dialogue on gender and language because the risks of ignoring differences is greater than the danger of naming them. Sweeping something big under the rug doesn't make it go away; it trips you up and sends you sprawling when you venture across the room. Denying real differences can only compound the confusion that is already widespread in this era of shifting and re-forming relationships between women and men [stress added]." (Deborah Tannen, 1990, You Just Don't Understand: Women And Men In Conversation, page 16)

---

WEEK 6: BEGINNING March 3, 2003

I. ECOLOGY & SUBSISTENCE (CONTINUED)

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview] [repeat], pages 104-108.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview], pages 212-215.
"The Hunters: Scarce Resources in the Kalahari" by Richard Borshay Lee, pages 109-123.
"Adaptive Failure: Easter's End" by Jared Diamond, pages 124-133.

III. A STRATEGY OF ADAPTATION: CULTURAL EVOLUTION
A. Importance of Terminology
B. Strategies on Gathering, Hunting, Pastoralism, and...for the "Big Picture" please go to: http://antwrp.gsfc.nasa.gov/apod/archivepix.html as well as http://www.newcastle.ac.uk/~nantiq/timeline.jpg.

And remember from Week I: "The palest ink is better than the best memory." (Chinese proverb) and "The ear is a less trustworthy witness than the eye." (Herodotus [c.485-426 B.C.], The Histories of Herodotus, Book 1, Chapter 8).

"Don't spend a lot of time worrying about your failures. I've learned a whole lot more from my mistakes than from all of my successes [stress added]. Statement by Ann Richards. In Alan Ross [Editor], 2001, Speaking of Graduating: Excerpts From Timeless Graduation Speeches (Nashville, TN: Walnut Grove Press), page 79.

C. VIDEO: HUNTERS-GATHERERS / PASTORALISTS

TO REPEAT} "The transition from hunting to agriculture had profound consequences. Nomadic groups had relatively little capacity to alter the environment. Sedentary populations, on the other hand, transformed the location in many ways. As archaeological excavations demonstrate, humans cleared the land, built drainage and water systems, and kept domesticated animals. As the food supply became more dependable, populations began to grow in both size and density. Humans increasingly lived in villages, towns, and subsequently cities, where more crowded conditions prevailed. Additional contacts between groups followed the inevitable rise of trade and commerce [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 10.

D. VIDEO: PRIMITIVE PEOPLE [CFU: Horrible title but semi-reasonable film!] (and for additional information on Australian Aborigines, please go to http://www.insects.org/ced1/aust_abor.html as well as http://www.ciolek.com/WWWVL-Aboriginal.html)
E. BUSHMEN OF THE KALAHARI = [the !Kung] (and see http://www.mg.co.za/mg/news/97mar1/7mar-botswana.html as well as http://www.newcastle.ac.uk/~nantiq/menu.html and http://www.designnet-pro.com/ata/atm/bushmen.html).

"The barbarous heathen are nothing more strange to us than we are to them.... Human reason is a tincture in like weight and measure infused into all our opinions and customs, what form soever they be, infinite in matter, infinite in diversity." (Michel Eyquem de Montaigne [1533-1592], Essays, page 53 [1959 paperback publication of a translation from 1603].

"Lord Voldemort's gift for spreading discord and enmity is very great. We can fight it only by showing an equally strong bond of fiendship and trust. Differences of habit and language are nothing at all if our aims are identical and our hearts open" [stress added]." Albus Dumbledore, In Harry Potter And The Goblet of Fire, 2000, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 723.

"If you can't see that your own culture has its own set of interests, emotions, and biases, how can you expect to deal successfully with someone else's culture?" Arthur Kleinman, Psychiatrist and Medical Anthropologist. In Anne Fadiman, 1997, The Spirit Catches You And You Fall Down: A Hmong Child, Her American Doctors, And The Collision of Two Cultures (NY: Farrar, Straus and Giroux), page 261.

G. ESSAY: Body Ritual Among the Nacirema [please see below in this Guidebook] and if you have access to the WWW, please see http://www.beadsland.com/nacirema/[but please read the article below first].

"When one comes to think of it, it is pretty obvious that Woman, not Man was the innovator who laid the foundations of our civilization. While the men went hunting, the Woman was the guardian of the fire and, pretty certainly, the first maker of pottery. It was she who went picking the wild berries and nuts and seeds and who went poking with sticks to unearth the edible roots. In the mother-to-daughter tradition, the knowledge of plants born of long observation led women to experiment in cultivation. Biologically Woman was more observant than Man, because the recurring phases of the moon coincided with the rhythm of her fertile life and she could observe the period of gestation not only in herself but in the animals and in the seasonal reappearance of the plants. So she had a sense of Time, and the measurement of Time was one of the earliest manifestations of constructive and systematic thinking [stress added]." Sir Ritchie Calder, 1961, After The Seventh Day: The World Man Created, page 69.

IV. REMEMBER, WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%) DUE FRIDAY March 28, 2003 and do you know about: http://www.csuchico.edu/engl/owl/ [CSU, Chico On-Line Writing Center]?

Isaac Asimov (1920-1992)} "What one needs is thinking time, and that can't be rushed. You have to think up your plots and your complications and your resolutions, so that most of your time is going to be spent thinking and not typing." Janet Jeppson Asimov, 2002, Isaac Asimov: It's Been a Good Life (NY: Prometheus Books), page 108.

A. The secret of learning how to write: learn how to re-write.
B. Extensive reading also helps!
C. CONSIDER THIS ITEM about writing concerning the Aborigines of Tasmania (which you will learn more about in April 2003): http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Pacific/Tasmania.html.
D. THINK ABOUT indigenous people today and what some are thinking and doing today: http://www.mexica-movement.org/frames.html as well as http://www.indians.org/.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

ECONOMIC SYSTEM: The provision of goods and services to meet biological and social wants.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

FAMILY: A residential group composed of at least one married couple and their children.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

RITE OF PASSAGE: A series of rituals that move individuals from one social state or status to another.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

"Until about 10,000 years ago, everyone in the world survived by hunting and gethering wild foods. They lived in intimate association with their natural environments and employed a complex variety of strategies to forage for food and other necessities of life [stress added]." [The Hunters: Scarce Resources in the Kalahari. Richard B. Lee, 1968, in Man The Hunter)

"...an unwitting or a deliberate bias in time perspective. The evaluations about which we hear most have been made by Western Europeans and their colonial descendants. The date is the present, when the star of the Occident is in its ascendancy and its followers have made themselves the masters and arbiters of the lifeways of the people with whom they compare themselves. It might, of course, be argued on the Darwinian principle of the survival of the fittest that this ascendancy is proof of racial superiority, except that it is a relatively recent phenomenon that is not correlated with any demonstrable change in the biological composition of Europeans a generation prior to A.D. 1492. The truth is that a European mastery of large parts of the globe has been due more to the possession of gunpowder and iron--both non-European inventions--than to racial superiority. Comparisons dating from the period just before the destructive effects of Western civilization made themselves felt would be more justifiable. Our historical records contain many illustrations of the fact that Europe then was not much in advance of many other parts of the world that were conquered by its representatives. When Cortez reached the Aztec city of Tenochtitlàn in 1519, he and his men were understandably astonished by the artistic, industrial, and governmental achievements of its builders [stress added]." H.G. Barnett, 1953, Innovation: The Basis of Cultural Change, page 30.

"In the age of information, survival still depends on hunters and gatherers. In that modern day tribe called a corporation, it's still the survival of the fittest. And in the treacherous nineties, the fittest will certainly be the best informed. So making it safely--and prosperously--through the next quarter may well depend on having a plentiful supply of the news and information business feeds on." [Paid Advertisement for the Dow Jones Information Services in The Wall Street Journal, August 19, 1991.

The Commonwealth of Australia [2,941,300 square miles] has a 2002 estimated population of 19,546,792. The World Almanac And Book of Facts 2003, page 760.]

"For thousands of years, Australian aborigines have painstakingly harvested the hollow branches of eucalyptus trees to make didgeridoos, their sacred musical instrument. ... [Australian aborigines do not "look too kindly upon"] the growing number of non-Australians who have jumped on the didgeridoo bandwagon and spawned an industry of distinctly foreign adaptations of the instrument...." Jeanne Cummins, 2002, The Didgeridoo Is Sacred to Aboigines Who Hate the Fakes. The Wall Street Journal, July 9, 2002, page 1 + A10, page 1.

"...the continent of Greater Australia must have been colonised prior to about 40,000 years ago, the times of our ealiest evidence. From all indications the colonists arrived from Southeast Asia by sea, and can be counted amongst the earliest of modern human populations." Harry Lourandos, 1997, Continent of Hunter-Gatherers: New Perspectives in Australian Prehistory (Cambridge University Press), page 296; but also see/read in the same publication:

"The evidence itself is, however, constantly changing or being modified. As we go to press new claims are being made of a radically early chronology for the prehistory of Australia. From the site of Jinmium in the Kimberly of northwestern Australia have been reported fallen panels of rock art engravings dated at between 58,000 and 75,000 years ago, and stone artefacts at between 116,000 and 176,000 years ago [stress added]." Harry Lourandos, 1997, Continent of Hunter-Gatherers: New Perspectives in Australian Prehistory (Cambridge University Press), page xv.

"A skeleton dated to 62,000 years ago has been found near Lake Mungo in southeastern Australia. The remains are clearly modern, with slender limb bones and a high, domed skull. And at a remarkable site in northern Australia, the initial colonists of the continent seem to have hollowed out an array of indentations on the face of a rock--perhaps the earliest instance yet known of symbolic thinking [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 129.

"Aboriginal Australia was divided into some three hundred tribes, each associated with a separate area. Tribal unity was based on common language and common mythology, but not usually upon group action. For the individual native, membership in a local group or horde was much more important than tribal membership. Each horde was identified with a subdivision of the tribal area and consisted of a number of families related to one another through various kinship ties. Males usually dwelt throughout their lives in the territory where they were born; wives were selected from other parts of the tribe and moved to their husbands' place at marriage. But although residence was more commonly based upon father relationships, ties with the mother were also emphasized through important totemic means. Yet more important than either of these social groupings was the biological family unit. ... The family unit has been aptly called the group of orientation. For, in Australia as in most other primitive [sic.] cultures, an individual's family relationships determined the kinship terms and behavior he used toward every other person in his social universe [stress added]." Douglas L. Oliver, The Pacific Islands, 1961, pp. 31-32.

"In considering the political structure of the native Australians we must remember that Australia is a continent, and the only one that was inhabited exclusively by hunters and gatherers. Probably the most formal and the most complex kind of chieftainship recorded in Australia was that of the Jaraldi people in the Lower Murray River country, one of the continents most populous regions. In the middle of the last century, each territorial clan had its own headman and council, and there was also a paramount chief for the entire tribe. The council members of each clan were elected in a meeting between the middle-aged and elderly men, and a few of the outstanding younger ones as well. In a few cases women were also elected [stress added]." Carlton S. Coon, The Hunting Peoples, 1971: 282-283.

See San Francisco Chronicle of 29 May 1997: "Australia ruled out any compensation yesterday for 100,000 Aboriginal children forcibly taken from their families by the government for more than a half a century until the early 1970s. ... Under state laws starting in 1910, the government removed Aboriginal children from their families because the white majority considered it as in their best interest. ... Australia's 303,000 Aborigines make up 1 percent of its population. They have long complained of discirimination, and they lag behind other Australians in access to jobs, education and health services [stress added]." (page A10).

"The Rainbow Warrior. An Aboriginal tribe called the Eora had lived around the shores of Sydney Harbor for more than 20,000 years before the British arrived in 1788. They called the place Weerong, and the harbor Cadi. At first the British were greeted with curiosity but not aggression, until an Eora leader named Pemulwuy realised how new diseases were spreading into his people's lands. Permulwuy united other tribes in the Sydney region and ran a very highly effective guerilla warfare campaign for 13 years from 1789. He might be seen as Australia's version of William Tell or Ho Chi Minh or Robin Hood--except that he didn't win. In 1802 he was captured by British troops. His head was slashed off with a sabre, preserved in alcohol and sent to London in a barrel as a specimen of local fauna. In a letter accompanying the head, Governor King wrote: 'Altho' a terrible pest to the colony, he was a brave and independent character [stress added]." David Dale., 2000, The Word Is Casual. The Sydney Morning Herald supplement in USA Today, 7 June 2000, page 4.

"It spotlights a shameful recent chapter of Australian history, when racist kidnappings were part of that country's official policy, yet 'Rabbit-Proof Fence' turns this dubious past into a breathtaking story of defiance and triumph that has to be considered one of the year's most sublime films. Direcotr Phillip Noyce based his movie on the lives of three Aboriginal girls who, in 1931, escaped from their captors into a shaky freedom that required them to traverse more than 1,000 miles.... Between 1910 and 1970, the Austrtalian government targeted mixed-race Aboriginal children in the outback and took themn to reorientation centers. There they were forced to speak English, attend Chburch and learn 'skills' they would use as servants and laborers for white people. One hundred thousand Aboriginal children were taken this way from their parents, according to an Australian government report released in 1997 [stress added]." Jonathan Curiel, 2002, Following the fence to freedom: Aboriginal girls' escape makes for gripping drama. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 25, 2002, pages D1 + D9.

FILM: John Marshall & Kerewele Ledimo seek the village of !Kadi and ask the question "Do the people still pursue their ancient way of life and freedom of the Kalahari? ... The people I lived with in the Western Kalahari called themselves zhu twa si [the harmless people; they also call all strangers zhu dole or dangerous people]." ... "Beyond satisfying hunger, hunting confirmed kinship ties ... drawing them together. ... Kinship has always been the key to Bushmen survival."

"The Kalahari is never well watered, so the !Kung are used to long dry spells, during which they fall back on the most reliable water holes and eat a far wider range of plant foods. ... Each family creates ties with others in a system of mutual reciprocity called hxaro. Hxaro involves a balanced, continual exchange of gifts between individuals that gives both parties access to each other's resources in times of need. Hxaro relationships create strong ties of friendship and commitment. Hxaro distributes risk by giving each party an alternative residence, sometimes up to fifty to two hundred kilometers away. Each family has options when famine threatens." Brian Fagan, 1999, Floods, Famines, and Emperors: El Niño and the Fate of Civilizations, page 78.

FILM: Mentions John Marshall's sister Elizabeth Marshall (who wrote a 1958 book entitled The Harmless People. "Most respected for scientific work would be Lorna Marshall, John's mother.

NOTE: John Marshall wrote that "from ÇToma (1911-1988), I learned as much about observing as I did about hunting and gathering. ÇToma taught me how to watch, listen and suspend judgement. ... ÇToma stressed the importance of telling the truth and being specific. For obvious reasons, Ju/'hoansi could not rely on magic and belief to survive in the Kalahari where rain is local and erratic, bushfoods are hard to find and the game is hard to track; arriving where water had been mistakenly reported could be fatal. Knowledge had to be extensive, objective and accurate [STRESS added]." The Cinema of John Marshall, 1993 (Edited by Jay Ruby) pp. 34-35.

From: The Harmless People: the Bushmen knows "every bush and stone, every convolution of the ground, and have usually named every place in it where a certain kind of valid food may be. ... If all their knowledge about their land and its resources were recorded and published, it would make up a library of thousands of volumes. Such knowledge was as essential to early man as it is to these people. ... They have no chiefs or kings, only headmen who in function are virtually indistinguishable from the people they lead, and sometimes a band will not even have a headman. A leader is not really necessary, however, because the Bushmen roam about together in small family bands rarely numbering more than twenty people. ... Their culture insists that they share with each other, and it has never happened that a Bushmen failed to share objects, food, or water with the other members of his band, for without very rigid co-operation Bushmen could not survive the famines and droughts that the Kalahari offers them. ... Trust, peace, and cooperation form the spine of Bushmen life. ... By maintaining these three virtues, Bushmen live where otherwise people might not [stress added]."

NOTE: John Marshall wrote that "In order to understand the problems Ju'hoansi have faced in the last thirty years, and the changes in their economy and society they have endured, it is important to know where they started from. But people do not start from scratch; the invisible reality of history shapes their present and future [STRESS added]." The Cinema of John Marshall, 1993 (Edited by Jay Ruby), p. 64.

FILM: "We discussed not the past but the new problems of life on the reservations. ... Their concern was with the future: I wondered how long their past would remain in living history."

FILM: On Bushmen rock paintings} points out that "theory says such handprints are signatures or magical signs." ... "They had so little except a great knowledge of their environment. ... culture was intangible knowledge, tradition, values: his [musical] compositions were its living record--easily swept away." ... A Bushman states that "I left the desert long ago because of thirst. My father is dead, my people scattered. I am here because there was nowhere else to go. I don't remember my father's music: why should I?"

"With one of the highest concentrations of rock art in the world, Tsodilo has been called the "Louvre of the Desert". Over 4,500 paintings are preserved in an area of only 10 sq. km of the Kalahari Desert. The archaeological record of the area gives a chronological account of human activities and environmental changes over at least 100,000 years. Local communities in this hostile environment respect Tsodilo as a place of worship frequented by ancestral spirits [stress added]."http://whc.unesco.org/sites/1021.htm [Tsodilo} Botswana, 2001]

FILM: "Their lives depended as they always had, on what women could gather." ... "..killing so efficiently [now] instead of an act of kinship...." "...the people were dependent on their future on an ancient engine and a four-inch pipe."

"The list of female inventors includes dancers, farmers, nuns, secretaries, actresses, shopkeepers, housewives, military officers, corporate executives, schoolteachers, writers, seamstresses, refugees, royalty, and little kids. All kinds of people can and do invent. The idea that one's gender somehow precludes the possibility of pursuing any technological endeavor is not only outdated but also dangerous. In the words of 1977 Nobel Prize winner [in Physiology/Medicine] Rosalyn Yallow: 'The world cannot afford the loss of the talents of half of its people if we are to solve the many problems which beset us.'" Ethlie Ann Vare and Greg Ptacek, 1987, Mothers of Invention: From the Bra to the Bomb, Forgotten Women and Their Unforgettable Ideas, page 17.

"The shrinking of the world makes mutual understanding and respect on the part of different peoples imperative. The subtle diversities in the view of life of various peoples, their expectancies and images of themselves and of others, the differing psychological attitudes underlying their contrasting political institutions, and their generally differing 'psychological nationality' all combine to make it more difficult for nations to understand each other. It is the anthropologist's duty to point out that these 'mental' forces have just as tangible effect as physical forces [stress added]." Clyde Kluckhohn, 1949, Mirror For Man: The Relation of Anthropology To Modern Life (page 273).

"There was no such thing as a global perspective in a world where Central America, Tahiti, or Australia was as remote as the moon is today, nor was one needed. Today....Now we contemplate the fate not only of minor states or empires spread out over several ecological zones, but of global civilization [stress added]." Brian Fagan, 1999, Floods, Famines, and Emperors: El Niño and the Fate of Civilizations, page 252.

"The midmorning sun over the red dunes of the Kalahari desert is scorching as Karel Kleinman, a ranger at this remote park bordering Botswana and Namibia, crouches over a wildebeest track and keys his observations into a pocket-sized computer. As a boy, Kleinman roamed the same dunes with his Bushman grandfather, learning how to track animals while hunting with bow and arrow. This week, at 58, he begins applying those skills to the computer age with the CyberTracker, an invention that weds Bushman traditions with new technology." Vera Haller, 1999, Technology Helps Trackers Apply Old Skills. USA Today, February 11, 1999, page 13A.

"The anthropologist has become so familiar with the diversity of ways in which different peoples behave in similar situations that he [or she!] is not apt to be surprised by even the most exotic customs. In fact, if all of the logically possible combinations of behavior have not been found somewhere in the world, he is apt to suspect that they must be present in some yet undescribed tribe. This point, has, in fact been expressed with respect to clan organization by Murdock [of HRAF interests]. In this light, the magical beliefs and practices of the Nacirema present such unusual aspects that it seems desirable to describe them as an example of the extremes to which human behavior can go.

Professor Linton first brought the ritual of the Nacirema to the attention of anthropologists twenty years ago, but the culture of this people is still very poorly understood. They are a North American group living in the territory between the Canadian Cree, the Yaqui and Tarahumare of Mexico, and the Carib and Arawak of the Antilles. Little is known of their origin, although tradition states that they came from the east....

Nacirema culture is characterized by a highly developed market economy which has evolved in a rich natural habitat. While much of the people's time is devoted to economic pursuits, a large part of the fruits of these labors and a considerable portion of the day are spent in ritual activity. The focus of this activity is the human body, the appearance and health of which loom as a dominant concern in the ethos of the people. While such a concern is certainly not unusual, its ceremonial aspects and associated philosophy are unique.

The fundamental belief underlying the whole system appears to be that the human body is ugly and that its natural tendency is to debility and disease. Incarcerated in such a body, man's only hope is to avert these characteristics through the use of the powerful influences of ritual and ceremony. Every household has one or more shrines devoted to this purpose. The more powerful individuals in the society have several shrines in their houses and, in fact, the opulence of a house is often referred to in terms of the number of such ritual centers it possesses. Most houses are of the wattle and daub construction, but the shrine rooms of the more wealthy are walled with stone. Poorer families imitate the rich by applying pottery plaques to their shrine walls.

While each family has at least one such shrine, the rituals associated with it are not family ceremonies but are private and secret. The rites are normally only discussed with children, and then only during the period when they are being initiated into these mysteries. I was able, however, to establish sufficient rapport with the natives to examine these shrines and to have the rituals described to me.

The focal point of the shrine is a box or chest which is built into the wall. In this chest are kept the many charms and magical potions without which no native believes he could live. These preparations are secured from a variety of specialized practitioners. The most powerful of these are the medicine men, whose assistance must be rewarded with substantial gifts. However, the medicine men do not provide the curative potions for their clients, but decide what the ingredients should be and then write them down in an ancient and secret language. This writing is understood only by the medicine men and by the herbalists who, for another gift, provide the required charm.

The charm is not disposed of after it has served its purpose, but is placed in the charmbox of the household shrine. As these magical materials are specific for certain ills, and the real or imagined maladies of the people are many, the charm-box is usually full to overflowing. The magical packets are so numerous that people forget what their purposes were and get to use them again. While the natives are very vague on this point, we can only assume that the idea in retaining all the old magical materials is their presence in the charmbox, before which the body rituals are conducted, will in some way protect the worshipper.

Beneath the charmbox is a small font. Each day every member of the family, in succession, enters the shrine room, bows his head before the charm-box, mingles different sorts of holy water in the font, and proceeds with a brief rite of ablution. The holy waters are secured from the Water Temple of the community, where the priests conduct elaborate ceremonies to make the liquid ritually pure.

In the hierarchy of magical practitioners, and below the medicine men in prestige, are specialists whose designations is best translated 'holy-mouth-men.' The Nacirema have an almost pathological horror of and fascination with the mouth, the condition of which is believed to have a supernatural influence on all social relationships. Were it not for the rituals of the mouth, they believe that their teeth would fall out, their gums bleed, their jaws shrink, their friends desert them, and their lovers reject them. They also believe that a strong relationship exists between oral and moral characteristics. For example, there is a ritual ablution of the mouth for children which is supposed to improve their moral fiber.

The daily body ritual performed by everyone includes a mouth-rite. Despite the fact that these people are so punctilious about care of the mouth, this rite involves a practice which strikes the uninitiated stranger as revolting. It was reported to me that the ritual consists of inserting a small bundle of hog hairs into the mouth, along with certain magical powders, and then moving the bundle in a highly formalized series of gestures.

In addition to the private mouth-rite, the people seek out a holy-mouth-man once or twice a year. These practitioners have an impressive set of paraphernalia, consisting of a variety of augers, awls, probes, and prods. The use of these objects in the exorcism of the evils of the mouth involves almost unbelievable ritual torture of the client. The holy-mouth-man opens the clients mouths and, using the above mentioned tools, enlarges any holes which decay may have created in the teeth. Magical materials are put into these holes. If there are no naturally occurring holes in the teeth, large sections of one or more teeth are gouged out so that the supernatural substance can be applied. In the client's view, the purpose of these ministrations is to arrest decay and to draw friends. The extremely sacred and traditional character of the rite is evident in the fact that the natives return to the holy-mouth-men year after year, despite the fact that their teeth continue to decay.

It is to be hoped that, when a thorough study of the Nacirema is made, there will be careful inquiry into the personality structure of these people. One has but to watch the gleam in the eye of a holy-mouth-man, as he jabs an awl into an exposed nerve, to suspect that a certain amount of sadism is involved. If this can be established, a very interesting pattern emerges, for most of the population shows definite masochistic tendencies. It was to these that Professor Linton referred in discussing a distinctive part of the daily body ritual which is performed only by men. This part of the rite involves scraping and lacerating the surface of the face with a sharp instrument. Special women's rites are performed only four times during each lunar month, but what they lack in frequency is made up in barbarity. As part of this ceremony, women bake their heads in small ovens for about an hour. The theoretically interesting point is that what seems to be a preponderantly masochistic people have developed sadistic specialists.

The medicine men have an imposing temple, or latipso, in every community of any size. The more elaborate ceremonies required to treat very sick patients can only be performed at this temple. These ceremonies involve not only the thaumaturge but a permanent group of vestal maidens who move sedately about the temple chambers in distinctive costume and headdress.

The latipso ceremonies are so harsh that it is phenomenal that a fair proportion of the really sick natives who enter the temple ever recover. Small children whose indoctrination is still incomplete have been known to resist attempts to take them to the temple because 'that is where you go to die.' Despite this fact, sick adults are not only willing but eager to undergo the protracted ritual purification, if they can afford to do so. No matter how ill the supplicant or how grave the emergency, the guardians of many temples will not admit a client if he cannot give a rich gift to the custodian. Even after one has gained admission and survived the ceremonies, the guardians will not permit the neophyte to leave until he makes still another gift.

The supplicant entering the temple is first stripped of all his or her clothes. In everyday life the Nacirema avoids exposure of his body and its natural functions. Bathing and excretory acts are performed only in the secrecy of the household shrine, where they are ritualized as part of the body-rites. Psychological shock results from the fact that body secrecy is suddenly lost upon entry into the latipso. A man, whose own wife has never seen him in an excretory act, suddenly finds himself naked and assisted by a vestal maiden while he performs his natural functions into a sacred vessel. This sort of ceremonial treatment is necessitated by the fact that the excreta are used by a diviner to ascertain the course and nature of the client's sickness. Female clients, on the other hand, find their naked bodies are subjected to the scrutiny, manipulation and prodding of the medicine men.

Few supplicants in the temple are well enough to do anything but lie on their hard beds. The daily ceremonies, like the rites of the holy-mouth-men, involve discomfort and torture. With ritual precision, the vestals awaken their miserable charges each dawn and roll them about on their beds of pain while performing ablutions, in the formal movements of which the maidens are highly trained. At other times, they insert magic wand's in the supplicant's mouth or force him to eat substances which are supposed to be healing. From time to time the medicine men come to their clients and jab magically treated needles into their flesh. The fact that these temple ceremonies may not cure, and may even kill the neophyte, in no way decreases the people's faith in the medicine men.

There remains one other kind of practitioner, known as a 'listener.' This witchdoctor has the power to exorcise the devils that lodge in the heads of people who have been bewitched. The Nacirema believe that parents bewitch their own children. Mothers are particularly suspected of putting a curse on children while teaching them the secret body rituals. The counter-magic of the witchdoctor is unusual in its lack of ritual. The patient simply tells the 'listener' all his troubles and fears, beginning with the earliest difficulties he can remember. The memory displayed by the Nacirema in these exorcism sessions is truly remarkable. It is not uncommon for the patient to bemoan the rejection he felt upon being weaned as a babe, and a few individuals even see their troubles going back to the traumatic effects of their own birth.

In conclusion, mention must be made certain practices which have their base in native esthetics but which depend upon the pervasive aversion to the natural body and its functions. There are ritual fasts to make fat people thin and ceremonial feasts to make thin people fat. Still other rites are used to make women's breast's larger if they are small, and smaller if they are large. General dissatisfaction with breast shape is symbolized in the fact that the ideal form is virtually outside the range of human variation. A few women afflicted with almost inhuman hyper-mammary development are so idolized that they make a handsome living by simply going from village to village and permitting the natives to stare at them for a fee.

Reference has already been made to the fact that excretory functions are ritualized, routinized, and relegated to secrecy. Natural reproductive functions are similarly distorted. Intercourse is taboo as a topic and scheduled as an act. Efforts are made to avoid pregnancy by the use of magical materials or by limiting intercourse to certain phases of the moon. Conception is actually very infrequent. When pregnant, women dress so as to hide their condition. Parturition takes place in secret without friends or relatives to assist, and the majority of women do not nurse their infants.

Our review of the ritual life of the Nacirema has certainly shown them to be a magic-ridden people. It is hard to understand how they have managed to exist so long under the burdens which they have imposed upon themselves. But even such exotic customs as these take on real meaning when they are viewed with the insight provided by Malinowski when he wrote:

'Looking from far and above, from our high places of safety in the developed civilization, it is easy to see all the crudity and irrelevance of magic. But without its power and guidance early man could not have mastered his practical difficulties as he has done, nor could man have advanced to the higher stages of civilization.'" [NOTE: The article also appears in The Nacirema: Readings on American Culture, 1975, edited by J. Spradley and M. Rynkiewich, pp. 10-13]

---

WEEK 7: BEGINNING March 10, 2003

I. ECONOMICS & KINSHIP & FAMILY & MAGIC & RELIGION & ...

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview] [repeat], pages 212-215.
"Religion, Magic, and Worldview [Overview], pages 336-340.
"Taraka's Ghost" by Stanley & Ruth Freed, pages 341-347.

III. DESCENT & MARRIAGE & GENDER & ENDOGAMY / EXOGAMY &.... Kinship Tutorial from the University of Manitoba (http://www.umanitoba.ca:80/anthropology/kintitle.html); for Papua New Guinea "today" please see http://travel.state.gov/primer.html as well as http://forests.lic.wisc.edu/pngtoktok [Papua Niugini Toktok Bilong Lukautim].

IV. SOME SPECIFIC ETHNOGRAPHIC EXAMPLES
A. Various Research(ers)
B. VIDEO: DEAD BIRDS

"The New Guinea region is the most linguistically diverse region in the world, with some 1000 languages in an area smaller than 900,000 km2 [Note: California is ~411,577 square kilometers or ~155,959 square miles] [stress added]." William A. Foley, 2000, The Languages of New Guinea. Annual Review of Anthropology, Vol. 29 (Palo Alto: Annual Reviews), pages 357-404, page 357.  

V. REMEMBER, YOUR WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%) IS DUE FRIDAY March 28, 2003.
A. The secret of learning how to write: learn how to re-write.
B. Extensive reading also helps!

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

ECONOMIC SYSTEM: The provision of goods and services to meet biological and social wants.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

EXTENDED FAMILY: A family that includes two or more married couples.

FAMILY: A residential group composed of at least one married couple and their children.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

POLYGAMY: A marriage form in which a person has two or more spouses at one time. Polygyny and polyandry are both forms of polygamy.

POLYGYNY: A form of polygamy in which a man is married to two or more wives at one time.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

RITE OF PASSAGE: A series of rituals that move individuals from one social state or status to another.

ROLE: The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses.

SORCERY: The malevolent practice of magic.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

WITCHCRAFT: The reputed activity of people who inherit supernatural force and use it for evil purposes.

FILM: "There is a fable told by the mountain people living in the ancient Highlands of New Guinea about a race between a snake and a bird. It tells of a contest which decided if men would be like birds and die, or be like snakes which shed their skins and have eternal life. The bird won and from that time, all men, like birds, must die."

FILM: "The ghosts, which more than anything else, rule the lives of these people, are known to be most active in the dark. ... The enemy came this morning to kill, to avenge the ghost of their warrior slain by Wejak's group more than two weeks before. Until they do, they live in a state of spiritual decline. Both sides believe that each man has a soul, to which they attribute the shape of seeds. These seeds at birth are planted in the solar plexus. They call them edai-egen, or seeds of singing. Until a child is able to walk and talk, his edai-egen are only rudimentary. As he or she grows older, the edai-egen also grow. One's soul, or seeds, are especially sensitive to the death of a friend or a member of the family. By contrast, causing the death of an enemy is tonic for the soul and lifts the spirit."

"Sociopolitical Organization. [of the Dani. It is] Kinship based. patrilineal sibs and moieties are cross-cut by territorial confederations and alliances. The alliances are the largest social groups and have up to 5,000 people [stress added]." Karl Heider, 1997, Seeing Anthropology: Cultural Anthropology Through Film (Boston: Allyn & Bacon), page 59.

FILM: "A little boy is dying by the Aikhe [River]....Each life that's taken is celebrated by both sides. The ones that lose a life prepare a chair, the only furniture that they know, to lift the corpse for ghosts to see while they cry and have their funeral....The bones are all together--the end of all the work and love it took to make a boy."

FILM: "Soon both men and birds will surrender to the night. They'll rest for the life and death of days to come. For each, both awaits; but with the difference that men, having foreknowledge of their doom, bring a special passion to their life. They will not simply wait for death nor will they bear it lightly when it comes--instead they'll try with measured violence to fashion fate themselves. They kill to save their souls and, perhaps to ease the burden of knowing what birds will never know and when they as men, who have forever killed each other, cannot forget...."

AUGUST 2000: "...Freeport's $4 billion investment in West Papua, formerly Irian Jaya. Freeport has 40 years left in its contract to recover gold from its mammoth Grasberg mine and any additional deposits it might find. But it stands accused by tribal leaders [and some 150,000 Papuans work and live around the mine] and Western activists of polluting the environment, of not sharing enough wealth with the indigenous people, and of abetting the Indonesian military's suppression of a Papuan independence campaign. ... Five years ago, the Grasberg mine was a 13,450-foot mountain. Today it it's a hole in the ground producing 220,000 tons of ore per day--97% of which is the gray silt, or 'tailings,' dumped into a grey desert of dead trees. The tailings have turned a 90-square mile lowland delta into a gray desert of dead trees. The company is replanting only 185 acres-less than half a square mile--per year [stress added]." Michaler Shari and Sheri Prasso, 2000, A Pit Of Trouble. Business Week, August 7, 2000, pages 60-64.

MAY 2001}: "Five leading separatists in resource-rich Irian Jaya province go on trial Monday [May 21, 2001] in a case that highlights the government's failure to address the region's long-standing grievances. ... For years, residents have complained about violation of their traditional land rights and what they call the plundering of their extensive timber, gas, gold and other mineral resources, whose revenues flow directly to Jakarta. They also allege years of human rights abuses by the Indonesian military. ... Irian Jaya is home to several guerilla factions....[stress added]." Ian Timberlake, 2001, Papuan aspirations for autonomy on trial. The San Francisco Chronicle, May 18, 2001, pages A14 and A15.

NOVEMBER 2001} "Riots erupted yesterday after an independence movement leader was kidnapped and killed in Irian Jaya, one of several Indonesian provinces racked by violence amid a traumatic transition to democracy after decades of dictatorship. ... Irian Jaya is one of several provinces where political movements and armed rebels are fighting for independence [stress added]." Lely T. Djuhari, 2002, Pro-independence provincial leader killed in Indonesia. The San Francisco Chronicle, November 12, 2001.

---

WRITING ASSIGNMENT} INSTRUCTIONS FOR ARTICLE CRITIQUE DUE FRIDAY March 28, 2003.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

AND REMEMBER: http://www.csuchico.edu/lins/chicorio/ [Chico Rio - Research Instruction On-Line]:

"ChicoRIO is a series of Web based, self-paced lessons designed to help you learn how to find information. The tutorials will help you sharpen your research, critical thinking, and term paper writing skills. ChicoRIO also links to campus computing resources and a tour of the Meriam Library. The sections of ChicoRIO can be completed in any order."

ALSO SEE: http://www.as.ua.edu/ant/libguidt.htm [Writing Tools for Anthropology Students]

AND TO REPEAT: Isaac Asimov (1920-1992)} "What one needs is thinking time, and that can't be rushed. You have to think up your plots and your complications and your resolutions, so that most of your time is going to be spent thinking and not typing." Janet Jeppson Asimov, 2002, Isaac Asimov: It's Been a Good Life (NY: Prometheus Books), page 108.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Any one article of your choice is to be chosen from any of the many journals in The Meriam Library: PLEASE consult this Guidebook to see the journals available to you! The critique will be evaluated (GRADED) both on CONTENT (Information presented) and STYLE (Organization, Grammar, etc.); YOU MAY ALSO choose something from the Internet/World Wide Web as long as you document your choice. The Writing Assignment should be approximately 2000 words and must be typed and/or word-processed and double-spaced.

DEFINITIONS:

CRITIQUE: 1. an article or essay criticizing a literary or other work; a review. 2. art or practise of criticism. [from the Greek: kritike/kritikos]

CRITICIZE: 1. to make judgements as to merits and faults. 2. to find fault. 3. to judge or discuss the merits and faults of. 4. to find fault with.

SUMMARY: "a comprehensive and usually brief abstract, recapitulation, or compendium of previously stated facts or statements."

SOME points to consider in your critique and summary: (#1) what was the main idea of the article? (#2) what facts were used to support the main idea? (#3) any faulty reasoning, faulty logic, or obvious "bias" in the article? (#4) what additional information could be added to the author's argument? and, finally, (#5) is there a "counter-argument" to the main idea of the article? These are a lot of points to consider so please take your time!

YOUR SINGLE ARTICLE CRITIQUE IS DUE at the beginning of class on FRIDAY MARCH 28, 2003. Total length for the article critique should be approximately 2000 words in length. [If you get in trouble and still can't find anything, look at various issues of Scientific American, appropriate articles in Discover, or the Smithsonian, or Cultural Survival Quarterly] or perhaps some other "Electronic Journals" available at http://www.csuchico.edu/lref/guides/rbs/index.html.

SAVE PAPER: On the first page, give me your name, section heading, title of article, author, journal source of article, date published, and page numbers in journal; then begin your critique! On citing sources from the Internet, please remember: http://www.apa.org/journals/webref.html and for citations in general: http://www.csuchico.edu/lref/newciting.html]; also look at http://www.wsu.edu/~brians/errors/index.html [Common Errors in English}Professor Paul Brians, Washington State University].

For Reviews or Critiques by Urbanowicz, please see: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/VestigesReview.html or http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/qrbjuly2001review.htm or http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/BookReviewKonnerWeb.html.

FORMAT of Writing Assignment:

"Title......." of article, author, and where it appeared/was published (journal title, year published, volume #, page numbers). Examples:

Article: Motives and Methods: Missionaries in Tonga in the Early 19th Century. Charles F. Urbanowicz. The Journal of the Polynesian Society, Vol. 86, No. 2 (1977), pages 245-263 or Drinking in the Polynesian Kingdom of Tonga. Charles F. Urbanowicz. Ethnohistory, Vol. 22, No. 1 (1975), pages 33-50.

---

WRITING ASSIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS: The CRITIQUE is DUE in Class on FRIDAY MARCH 28, 2003: You will receive your assignment back, with a grade (and feedback), as soon as possible.

I. INTRODUCTION
II. BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE ARTICLE
III. THE GOOD OR BAD OF THE ARTICLE
IV. CONCLUSIONS

Your CRITIQUE will be evaluated as follows:

TO CONTRAST IDEAS according to; but; yet; nevertheless; however; still converseley; on the other hand; instead of; neither of these; (to)(on)the contrary; rather than; no matter what; in contrast; otherwise; on the other hand; in the (first)(second) place; nor. TO COMPARE IDEAS just as; like; similar; this.

TO SHOW TIME as of today; as of now; immediately; presently; nearly a...later; meantime; meanwhile; afterward; next; this year, however; a little later; then; last year; next week; tomorrow; finally. TO SHOW RESULTS as a result; therefore; thus; consequently; hence.

TO ADD IDEAS additionally; also; another; besides' first, second, next, last, etc., in addition, moreover, furthermore, clear, too, is; the answer does not only lie; to all that; more than anything else; here are some...facts; now, of course, there are; now, however; what's more.

TO RELATE THOUGHTS anyway; anyhow; indeed; eslewhere; nearby; above all; even these; beyond; in other words; for instance; of course; in short; in sum; yet; in reality; that is; by consequence; notwithstanding; nonetheless; as a general rule; understandably; traditionally; the reason, of course; the lesson here is; from all information; at best; naturally; in the broader sense; to this end; in fact.

Important PS Statements: #1} Do Not Plagiarize: please do your own original research but do collaborate/share resources with one another (teamwork is a very effective way to learn!); #2} it is always an good idea to keep a copy of any work submitted for any class--accidents happen; #3} please consider using a word-processor, with spell-check [if possible] (and double spaced); #4} please consider some good (and relatively inexpensive) reference books (including a dictionary) such as The World Almanac and Book of Facts: 2003 and E.B. White's The Elements of Style (2000, 4th Edition).

"Vigorous writing is concise. A sentence should contain no unnecessary words, a paragraph no unnecessary sentences, for the same reason that a drawing should have no unnecessary lines and a machine no unnecessary parts. This requires not that the writer make all his [or her!] sentences short, or that he [or she] avoid all detail and treat his [and her] subjects only in outline, but that every word tell."

"There you have a short, valuable essay on the nature and beauty of brevity--fifty-nine words [not counting those in the brackets added by Urbanowicz] that could change the world." E.B. White, commenting on the original words of William Strunk Jr. in The Elements of Style, 4th edition, 2000, pages xv-xvi.

ON PLAGIARISM: "The San Jose Mercury News suspended an intern [David Cragin] Thursday while it investigated whether the novice reporter plagiarized a Washington post story earlier this week. ... It is the second time this month that the Mercury News has faced questions of journalistinc impropriety. ... The first three paragraphs of Cragin's story are nearly identical to what appeared in the Post. It included this passage: 'Most of these hotels in the city are more than a half century old; they were built for the solitary working men who streamed into the city to toil at the wharves and the railway lines. They were never meant for families. [Frank] Ahrens wrote [in the Washington Post]: 'Most of these hotels are more than a half-century old; they were built as hives for the working men who streamed to this city to toil at the wharves and the railway lines. They were never meant for families [stress added]." Helene Lelchuk, 2000, Mercury News Reporter Suspended In New Plagiarism Probe. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 2000, pages A13 and A14, page A13.

---

FINALLY, some additional words on writing are as follows:

The minimal definition of "Writing Proficiency" encompasses all three of the levels described below. It is expected that anyone who receives a grade of "C-" or better in this class has achieved these levels of writing proficiency.

Level #1: Minimally, writing proficiency begins with the ability to construct meaningful sentences that follow the conventional rules of grammar, punctuation, and spelling; exhibit appropriate choice of words; and utilize sentence structures that clearly, efficiently, and precisely convey the writer's ideas and relevant information to readers who observe the same conventions of writing.

Level #2: At the next level, writing proficiency entails the constructing and arranging of sentences into paragraphs that:

a. Develop arguments logically.
b. Present a body of information systematically.
c. Express an idea effectively.
d. Provide a coherent answer to a question.
e. Describe a given phenomenon effectively.
f. Summarize a larger body of information or abstract its essence accurately.
g. And/or otherwise achieve a specific objective efficiently and effectively.

Level #3: Finally, writing proficiency at the third level requires the construction and arrangement of paragraphs in a such a manner that the reader is led successively through the intent or the objective of the paper, the implementation of the objective, and the conclusion which summarizes and meaningfully relates the body of the paper to its objective. 

---

SELECTED ANTHROPOLOGY JOURNALS IN THE MERIAM LIBRARY At California State University, Chico

Africa 1928--to date per PL 8000 I6 Abstr. Folk. Stud.
Africa Research Bulletin 1964--Jan. 1985 per DT 1 A21
Africa Research Bulletin. Economic Series Feb 1985--to date per DT 1 A212
Africa Research Bulletin. Political Series Feb 1985--to date per DT 1 A213
African Arts 1967--to date per NX 587 A34 Art Ind, Hum. Ind.
African Studies Journal (Chico, Ca.) 1981--1989 archives DT 19.95 C35 A37
African Studies Newsletter 1968--1980 per DT 1 A2294
African Studies Newsletter (Chico, Ca.) 1980 archives DT 19.95 C35 A37
African Studies Review 1970--to date per DT 1 A2293 S.S.
Amerasia Journal 1971--to date per E 184 O6 A44 His. Abstr.
America Indigena 1941--1991 per E 51 A45 His. Abstr.
American Anthropologist 1888--to date per GN 1 A5 S.S.
American Antiquity 1935--to date per E 51 A52 Hum. Ind.
American Ethnologist 1974--to date per GN 1 A53 S.S.
American Indian Quarterly 1982--to date MFC E 75 A547 Abstr. Anthro.
American Journal of Archaeology 1885--to date per CC 1 A6 Art Ind, Hum. Ind.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology 1918--to date per GN 1 A55 S.S.
Amerindian 1952--1974 per E 77 A57 S.S.
Annual Review of Anthropology 1972--to date main GN 1 B52 Abstr. Anthro.
Anthropologica 1955--to date per E 78 C2 A53 S.S.
Anthropological Linguistics 1959--to date per P 1 A6 Abstr. Anthro.
Anthropological Quarterly 1953--to date per GN 1 P7 S.S.
Anthropologist 1954--1977 per GN 1 A695
Anthropology & Education Quarterly 1985--to date mf LB 45 C67a
Anthropology and Humanism Quarterly 1984--1991 per GN 1 A6955
Anthropology UCLA 1969--1990 per GN 1 A57 Abstr. Anthro.
Anthropos 1972--1991 per GN 1 A58 S.S.
Antiquaries Journal 1979--to date per DA 20 S612
Antiquity 1960--to date per CC 1 A7 Art Ind, Hum. Ind.
Antropologica 1971--to date per F 2229 A65 Abstr. Anthro.
Applied Anthropology 1941--1948 per GN 1 A66 Intl. Index
Archaeology 1969--to date per GN 700 A725 Art Ind, Hum. Ind.
Archaeology & Physical 1966--Oct. 1980 per DU 1 A7
Archaeology in Oceania 1981--1991 per DU 1 A7
Archaeometry 1958--to date per GN 700 A75 Abstr. Anthro.
Arctic Anthropology 1964--to date per GN 1 A7 Abstr. Anthro.
Artibus Asiae 1925--1990 per N 8 A75 Art. Ind.
ASA News 1981--to date per DT 1 A2294
Bantu Studies 1921--1941 per DT 764 B2 B3 Peabody
Behavior Science Research 1974--1991 per H 1 B45 Abstr. Anthro.
Biblical Archaeologist 1970-1971 per BS 620 A1 B5 Art Ind, Hum. Ind.
Biblical Archaeology Review 1975--to date per BS 620 A1 B52 Abstr. Anthro.
Biennial Review of Anthropology 1959--1971 main GN 1 B5
California Anthropologist 1971--to date per GN 1 C25 Abstr. Anthro.
California Folklore Quarterly 1942-1946 per GR 1 C26
Canadian Journal of African Studies 1975--to date per DT 19.9 C3 B82 Abstr. Anthro.
Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 1964--to date per GN 1 C32 S.S.
Caribbean Studies 1961--1991 per F 2161 C29 S.S.
Chinese Sociology and Anthropology 1972--Sum. 1989 per HM 1 C45
Comparative Studies in Society and History 1958--to date per H 1 C73 Hist. Abstr.
Cultural Survival Quarterly 1982--to date per GN 358 N48
Current Anthropology 1960--to date per GN 1 C8 S.S.
Eastern Anthropologist 1972--1991 per GN 1 E15 Soc. Abstr.
Eonomic Development and 1952--to date per HC 10 C453 Abstr. Anthro.
Ethnohistory 1974--to date per E 51 E8 Abstr. Anthro.
Ethnologische Zeitschrift Zurich 1971--1980 per GN 1 E83
Ehnology 1962--to date per GN 1 E86 Biol. Abstr.,S.S.
Ehnomusicology 1953--to date per ML 1 E77 Music Ind, Hum.Ind
Ethnos 1936--1976 per GN 1 E88 Hist. Abstr.
Ehos 1985--1991 per GN 270 E85 Soc. Abstr.
Folklore 1960--1989 per GR 305 F63 Hum. Ind.
Folklore & Folk Music Archivist 1958--1968 per GR 1 F53
Folklore Forum 1968--1990 per GR 1 F564 Abstr. Folk Stud.,
Genetic Drift 1978--1989 per GN 1 G45
Geo 1982--1985 per AP 2 G365
Gnomon 1973--1989 per PA 3 G6
Guatemala Indigena 1970--1972 per F 1465 G85
Homo 1973--1977 per GN 1 H75 Abstr. Anthro.,
Human Biology 1929--to date per GN 1 H8 Abstr. Anthro.
Human Context 1968--1975 per H 1 H785 Abstr. Anthro.
Human Ecology 1972--to date per GF 1 H84 Abstr. Anthro.,
Human Organization 1949--to date per GN 1 A66 S.S.
Indian Historian 1967-1979 per E 77 I6 S.S.
Indian Record 1970-1972 per E 77 I64
Society of Oxford 1979--to date per GN 2 A5
Journal of African History 1960--to date per DT 1 J65 Hum. Ind.
Journal of American Ethnic History 1981--to date per E 184 A1 J67 Hum. Ind.
Journal of American Folklore 1888--1987 per GR 1 J8 Hum. Ind.
Journal of Anthropological Research 1974--to date per GN 1 S64 Biol. Abstr., S.S.
Journal of Archaeological Science 1974--to date per CC 1 J68 S.S.C.I.
Journal of Asian and African Studies 1966--to date per DT 1 J66 Abstr. Anthro.
Journal of Asian Studies 1956--to date per DS 501 F274 Hum. Ind.
Journal of Field Archaeology 1974--to date per CC 1 J69 Abstr. Anthro.
Journal of Folklore Research 1983--to date per GR 1 F565 Hum. Ind., S.S.
Journal of Human Evolution 1972--to date per GN 281 J63 Abstr. Anthro.,
Jurnal of Indo-European Studies 1973--1976 per P 501 J67
Journal of Latin American Studies 1969--to date per F 1401 J69 Hist. Abstr.
Journal of New World Archaeology 1975--1990 per E 51 J67 Abstr. Anthro.
Journal of Peasant Studies 1973--to date per HT 401 J68
Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 1980--1987 per GN 502 J68 P.A., Soc. Abstr.
Journal of Psychological Anthropology 1978--1980 per GN 502 J68
Journal of the Anthropological 1979--to date per GN 2 A5 Abstr. Anthro.
Journal of the Polynesian Society 1892--to date per GN 2 P7 Hist. Abstr.,
Katunob 1965--1982 per F 1219 K3
Kiva 1935--1991 per F 786 K58 Hist. Abstr.L
Man, a Record of Anthropological Science 1901-1965 per GN 1 M25
Man in India 1964--June 1991 per GN 1 M3 Abstr. Anthro.
Man in New Guinea 1968--1974 per GN 1 M32 Abstr. Anthro.
Mankind 1931--1989 per GN 1 M35 S.S.
Mankind Quarterly 1960--1977 per GN 1 M36 Biol. Abstr.
Many Smokes 1966--1984 per E 75 M35
Masterkey 1948-1955 per E 51 M42 Abstr. Anthro.
Masterkey for Indian Lore and History 1956-1968 per E 51 M42 Abstr. Anthro.
Medical Anthropology 1980--Jan. 1992 per GN 296 M42 Abstr. Anthro.
Medieval Archaeology 1957--to date main D 111 M46
Michigan Archaeologist 1972--to date per E 75 M5 Abstr. Anthro.
Midcontinental Journal of Archaeology 1976--1980 per E 77.8 M43 Abstr. Anthro.
Millennium 1971--1973 per D 839 M42 Hist. Abstr.
Minority Rights Group 1970--1989 folio HT 1521 M55
Na'pao, A Saskatchewan Anthropology. July 1971-Oct. 1983 per E 75 N36 Abstr. Anthro.
Journal Native Nevadan Mar. 1989--July 1992 per E 78 N4 N3
New Left Review 1971--to date per HX 3 N36 S.S.
News from Native California Mar/Apr 1989-date per E 78 C15 N49
Newsletter of Computer Archaeology 1966--1975 per CC 1 N4
Newsletter of the Pacific Coast Archaeological Society current year only per E 75 S668
New York Folklore 1975--1991 per GR 1 N472
New York Folklore Quarterly 1945--1974 per GR 1 N473
Northwest Anthropological 1973--1990 per E 31 N6 Abstr. Anthro.
Oceania 1930--to date per DU 1 O3 S. S.
Ohio Archaeological and 1887--1933 per F 486 O51 Abstr. Anthro.
Ohio History 1962--to date per F 486 O51
Ohio State Archaeological and 1934--1954 per F 486 O51
Pcific Viewpoint 1960--to date per G 1 P3 Hist. Abstr.
Palacio 1971--1977 per F 791 P15 Abstr. Anthro.
Pains Anthropologist 1954--to date per E 78 G73 P52 Abstr. Anthro.
Practicing Anthropology 1979-1988, 1992-date per GN 41.8 P72
Primitive Man 1928--1952 per GN 1 P7 Peabody
Quarterly of the Pacific Coast Archaeological Society 1965--to date per E 78.C15 P15 Abstr. Anthro
Research in Economic Anthropology 1978--to date main GN 448 R47
Research in Melanesia 1975--1986 per GN 1 R48
Review of African Political Economy May 1986--to date per HC 501 R46
Reviews in Anthropology 1976--1991 per Z 5111 R47 Abstr. Anthro.
Revista De Antropologia 1969--1989 main GN 1 R355 Peabody
Royal Anthropological Institute of Great 1871--1965 per GN 1 R68 Peabody
Sarawak Museum Journal 1951--1990 per DS 646.36 A35
SENRI Ethnological Studies 1978--1988 per GN 301 S45
Signs 1975--to date per HQ 1121 S43 Abstr. Anthro.
Sing Out 1964--April 1992 per ML 1 S588 Abstr. Folk Stud.
Sociologus 1972--1974 per HM 3 S6
South African Archaeological 1947--1991 per DT 759 S6 Abstr. Anthro.
Southern Folklore Quarterly 1937--1979 per GR 1 S65 Hist. Abstr.
Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 1945--1972 per GN 1 S64 Abstr. Anthro.
Southwestern Lore 1954-1967 per F 778 S69 Hist. Abstr.
Soviet Anthropology and Archeology 1968--April 1993 per GN 1 S66 Abstr. Anthro.
Steward Anthropological Society Journal 1969--to date per GN 2 S948 Abstr. Anthro.
Studies in Linguistics 1942--1975 per P 1 S78
Studies in Third World Societies 1976--to date per HN 5 S87
Tebiwa 1959--1987 per E 78 N77 T4 Abstr. Anthro.
Tlalocan 1943--to date main F 1219.3 C9 T6 Peabody
Transactions of the Anthropological 1879-1885 per GN 2 A7
Urban Anthropology 1972--1984 per HT 101 U6723 Abstr. Anthro.
Urban Anthropology and Studies of 1985--to date per HT 101 U6723 S.S.
Wassaja 1973--1979 mfc E 75 W375
Wassaja 1982 mfc E 75 W37
Wassaja/the Indian Historian 1980 mfc E 77 I6
Western Canadian Anthropologist 1984--1989 per E 75 N36
Western Folklore 1947--to date per GR 1 C26 Hist. Abstr.
Wildfire 1984--to date per E 77 M352
Wisconsin Archeologist 1971--1989 per E 78 W8 W8 Abstr. Anthro.
World Archaeology 1969--to date per CC 1 W66 Abstr. Anthro.
Zimbabwe Review 1975--1978 per DT 946 Z5

A Dictionary of Anthropology Ref GN 11 D38 1972 (Definitions of words in anthropology arranged alphabetically. Includes some drawings and plates).

Dictionary of Anthropology Ref GN 11 D48 1986 (Definitions are arranged alphabetically with cross references and bibliographical references).

International Dictionary of Anthropologists Ref GN 20 I5 1991 (International coverage of Anthropologists born before 1920 in order to present those whose careers could be seen as whole. Last names are arranged alphabetically and includes an index).

Encyclopedia of Anthropology Ref GN 11 E52 (Arranged alphabetically and contains approximately 1,400 articles with See also references. At the end of all but the shortest articles, is a bibliography listing important books and articles on the subject).

Encyclopedia of Human Evolution and Prehistory Ref GN 281 E53 1988 (Topics are alphabetically arranged with cross references).

Encyclopedia of Evolution Ref GN 281 M53 1990 (Topics are alphabetically arranged with See and See also and citations for further information).

Encyclopedia of World Cultures Ref GN 307 E53 (Comprises ten volumes, ordered by geographical regions of the world. Volumes 1 through 9 contain summaries along with maps, glossaries, and indexes of alternate names for the cultural groups. Volume 10 contains cumulative lists of the cultures of the world, their alternate names, and a bibliography of selected publications pertaining to those groups).

The Encyclopedia of the Peoples of the World Ref GN 495.4 E53 1993 (Includes only contemporary peoples and ethnic groups. Arranged alphabetically by common names. Indigenous names are used when appropriate. Also included are population figures, maps and a selected bibliography).

GENERAL INFORMATION

Cross-Cultural Summary ref GN 307 T4
Encyclopedia of Anthropology ref GN 11 E52
Encyclopedia of Evolution ref GN 281 M53 1990
Encyclopedia of Human Evolution and Prehistory ref GN 281 E53 1988
Encyclopedia of World Cultures ref GN 307 E53
Funding for Anthropological Research ref GN 42 C36 1986
International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences ref H 40 A2 I5
Student Anthropologist's Handbook; A Guide to Research, Training and Career main GN 42 F7
Traditional Medicine, vol. I & II ref GN 477 G37

DIRECTORIES

America's Ancient Treasures: Guide to Archeological Sites and Museum ref E 56 F64
Biographical Directory of Anthropologists Born Before 1920 ref GN 20 B56 1988
Fifth International Directory of Anthropologists ref GN 20 I5 1975
Guide to Departments of Anthropology (1984-85) ref GN 43 A2 G84
Guide to Ethnic Museums, Libraries & Archives In the U.S. ref GN 36 U5 W96
Guide to Fossil Man ref GN 282 D39
Leaders in Anthropology ref GN 20 K556

DiICTIONARIES/HANDBOOKS

Atlas of Ancient Archaeology ref GN 739 H38 1974
Atlas of Man ref GN 11 A83
Atlas of Man and Religion ref G 1046 E4 H3 1970
The Atlas of Mankind ref G 1021 E1 A85 1982
Dictionary of Anthropology ref GN 11 D48 1986
Davies. A Dictionary of Anthropology ref GN 11 D38 1972b
Handbook of Method in Cultural Anthropology ref GN 345 N37
Man, Myth and Magic (an encyclopedia set) ref BF 1407 M3
Murdock. Ethnographic Atlas ref GN 405 M8
Pearson. Anthropological Glossary ref GN 11 P43 1985
Physical Anthropology (Reference Manual) ref GN 56 C3
Spencer. An Ethno-Atlas ref GN 11 S75
Textor. A Cross-cultural Summary ref GN 307 T4
Winick. Dictionary of Anthropology ref GN 11 W5 1969

BIBILIOGRAPHY, GENERAL

Anthropological Bibliographies; A Selected Guide ref GN 25 A58
Bibliographic Guide. Ethnicity and Nationality ref GN 495.6 B46 1981
Bibliography of Fossil Man Z 5118 A6 F3 (Folio)
History of Anthropology Bibliography ref GN 17 E75 1984
Harvard University. Peabody Museum of Archaeology & Ethnology Subject Catalog ref Z 5119 H36
Author/Title Catalog Z 5119 H35 (Bibliographic Center)
International Bibliography of the Social Sciences--Anthropology V. 29, 30, 31 ref Z 7161 I593

---

SPECIAL NOTE ON WRITING ASSIGNMENT:

If, after all of the above you still cannot find an article you wish to critique, you may read any one of the EIGHT chapters that are not assigned for classroom reading in Conformity And Conflict; these are:

"Fieldwork on Prostitution in the era of AIDS" by Claire E. Sterk, pages 33-45.
"The Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis: Worlds Shaped by Words" by David S. Thomson, pages78-90.
"Workday World--Crack Economy" by Philippe Bourgois, pages 181-190.
"Illegal Logging and Frontier Conservaion" by Nathan Williamson, pages 191-200.
"Matrilineal Kinship: Walking marriage in China" by Lu Yuan and Sam Mitchell, pages 235-240.
"Mixed Blood" by Jeffrey M. Fish, pages 270-280.
"Law and Order" by S&M, pages 305-317.
"Witchcraft Tswana Style" by Charlanne Burke, pages 358-370

---

WEEK 8: MARCH 17, 2003 -> MARCH 21, 2003} SPRING BREAK!

---

WEEK 9: BEGINNING March 24, 2003

I. ROLES & INEQUALITY & ECONOMICS & CHANGE

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Identity, Roles, and Groups" [Overview], pages 248-252.
"The Military Name Games" by Sarah Boxer, pages 91-94.
"Society and Sex Roles" by Ernestine Friedl, pages 261-269.
"Mother's Love: Death Without Weeping" by Nancy Scheper-Hughes, pages 217-226.
"Cargo Beliefs and Religious Experience" by Stephen C. Leavitt, pages 371-381.

III. YOUR WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%) IS DUE AT THE BEGINNING OF CLASS ON MARCH 28, 2003.
A. The secret of learning how to write: learn how to re-write.
B. Extensive reading also helps!
C. Remember: EXAM II (25%) on FRIDAY APRIL 18, 2003.

IV.THE EMERGENCE OF THE GLOBAL CULTURE: WORLD WAR II AS CULTURAL PHENOMENA! (and see http://www.historyplace.com/worldwar2/timeline/ww2time.htm as well as http://www.msstate.edu/Archives/History/USA/WWII/ww2.html and http://quaboag.k12.ma.us/worwar.html and http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/amex/) and http://www.yadvashem.org.il and http://www.vwc.edu/WWWpages/dgraf/holocaus.htm and finally: http://www.ushmm.org.

"To anyone born after 1980, World War Two must seem as distant as the Civil War was to our parents." The character "Dirk Pitt" in Atlantis Found, 1999, by Clive Cussler [2001 Berkley paperback], page 503.

"...even in the United States. The undercurrent of genteel anti-Semitism was always there. The occasional violence of the more ignorant street gangs always existed. But there was also the pull of Nazism. We can discount the German-American Bund, which was an open arm of the Nazis. However, people such as the Catholic priest Father Charles Coughlin [1891-1979] and the aviation hero Charles Lindbergh [1902-1974] openly expressed anti-Semitic views. There were also homegrown Fascist movements that rallied round the anti-Semitic banner [stress added]." Isaac Asimov [1920-1992], 1994, I. Asimov: A Memoir (NY: Bantam Books), page 20.

"To mark the arrival of the year 2000, a panel of Chronicle editors and reporters gathered recently for a series of discussions about the top news events of the past 100 years." The "Top World Event" was World War II. "In short, this war changed everything--the way the world looked, and the way people looked at the world." The San Francisco Chronicle, December 27, 1999, page 1.

"Put the world in perspective. After Sept. 11 [2001], we're far less worried by little annoyances. ... So many things seem less significant now than before Sept. 11. ... Many of us have had a change of perspective...." Karen S. Peterson, USA Today, November 13, 2001, page 1.

"Running counter to national trends, reported hate crimes jumped 12 percent in California last year.... The 1,962 offenses reported last year [~5.3 day]..resulted in 'nearly 2,500 victims of hate crimes...with over 60 percent of the offenses motivated by race or ethnicity. This latest hate crime report unfortunately shows that while we live in one of the most diverse places on the planet, there is still ugly intolerance and violence focused against people who are different [stress added]." Gary Delsohn and Emily Bazar, 2000, Hate Crimes Rising in the State. The Sacramento Bee, July 28, 2000, pages 1 & A26, page 1.

TO REPEAT: "Lisa, get away from that jazzman! Nothing personal. I just fear the unfamiliar [stress added]." Marge Simpson, February 11, 1990, Moaning Lisa. Matt Groening et al., 1997, The Simpsons: A Complete Guide To Our Favorite Family (NY: HarperCollins), page 22.

V. REVOLUTIONS
A. Industrial (Continued)
B. Information/Knowledge
C. Cyberspace Again!
D. SeeThe United States Holocaust Museum: http://www.ushmm.org/
E. A Massive Pacific Site [My name for it]: http://sunsite.anu.edu.au/spin/wwwvl-pacific/index.html
F. And Others at:
Pacific Islands Report [up-to-the-date news]: http://pidp.ewc.hawaii.edu/pireport/
Pacific Islands Development Program: http://166.122.161.83/
The Kingdom of Tonga in Cyberspace: http://www.netstorage.com/kami/tonga/
Some Urbanowicz "Pacific Words"} http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/FSep-30-93.html
The Tonga Chronicle: http://www.tongaonline.com/news/
Papua NG WWW} http://coombs.anu.edu.au/SpecialProj/PNG/WWWVL-PNG.html
New Zealand Government On-Line} http://www.govt.nz/
Pacific Islands Monthly [PIM]: http://www.pim.com.fj/
Pacific Magazine} http://www.pacificMagazine.com/
Honolulu Star-Bulletin} http://starbulletin.com/
ABC News [Australia]: http://www.abc.net.au/news/
The Press On-Line [New Zealand]: http://www.press.co.nz/
As well as The Central Intelligence Agency: http://sunsite.anu.edu.au/region/spin/GENINFO/ciaindex.htm

VI. EXAMPLES and various Pacific Islands (http://www2.hawaii.edu/~ogden/piir/index.html)
A. FILM: FIRST CONTACT
B. MARGARET MEAD'S Mead's NEW GUINEA JOURNAL
C. Others

ONCE AGAIN: "Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic." Clarke's Third Law, Profiles of the Future: An Inquiry into the Limits of the Possible by Arthur C. Clarke, 1984, page 26.

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the individual cultural patterns of both grou

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their ranks.

CULTURE CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

INDUSTRIALISM: A subsistence strategy marked by intensive, mechanized food production and elaborate distribution networks.

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in American culture.

MARRIAGE: The socially recognized union between a man and a woman that accords legitimate birth status rights to their children.

RAMAGE: A cognatic (bilateral) descent group that is localized and holds corporate responsibility.

RANK SOCIETIES: Societies stratified on the basis of prestige only.

REDISTRIBUTION: The transfer of goods and services between a group of people and a central collecting service based on role obligation. The U.S. income tax is a good example.

RELIGI0N: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

REVITALIZATION MOVEMENT: A deliberate, conscious effort by members of a society to construct a more satisfying culture.

ROLE: The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses.

STATUS: A culturally defined position associated with a particular social structure.

SUBSTANTIVE LAW: The legal statutes that define right and wrong for members of a society.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people are usually unaware and do not communicate verbally.

WITCHCRAFT: The reputed activity of people who inherit supernatural force and use it for evil purposes.

WORLD VIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

VIDEO: "It's no good pretending I went up there for the good of the natives, because I didn't. I went there for the good of James Leahy, and I didn't do too badly. ... The only reason we killed people was simply if we hadn't killed them, they would have killed us and our carriers." See San Francisco Chronicle of 8 September 1983 and the words of a New Guinea Native stated in the film: "That man from heaven has just excreted, he told us. As soon as the white man went away, everyone went to look. Their skin is different, we said, but their s--- smells just like ours."

BOOK: "Of all the colonised people of the earth, New Guinea's highlanders must surely rank among the most fortunate. Colonial domination came late in the day and was short lived--a mere half-century of foreign rule. The Australians arrived in 1930, and left in 1975--not a long time in the scheme of things. Largely because of this, the highland people were spared many of colonialism's more manifest evils [page 9]." ... "This book [and the videotape] is based primarily on interviews with highlanders and Australians who took part in the events described [1930's+] and on the diaries and other written records of the Australians. The interviews were recorded in Papua New Guinea and Australia between 1981 and 1985 [stress added] (page 307)."

HISTORICAL NOTE: "America's foremost woman anthropologist, Margaret Mead authored scientific studies...that made anthropology meaningful to an unprecedented number of American readers. Coming of Age in Samoa [1928] and Growing Up In New Guinea [1930] both ranked as national best sellers; these and other studies introduced Americans to cultures where male and female roles differed markedly from those in Western society.... Over the years Margaret Mead became a national institution; she wrote over thirty books and lectured widely. Of her profession she concluded (in her autobiography): 'There is hope, I believe, in seeing the human adventure as a whole and in the shared trust that knowledge about mankind, sought in reverence for life, can bring life [1972, Blackberry Winter]." Vincent Wilson, Jr., 1992, The Book of Distinguished American Women, page 68.

"Margaret Mead arrived at the American Museum of Natural History in 1926. Having just completed her first significant ethnographic research in Samoa, she was wappointed assistant curator in the Department of Anthropology. ... Over the course of her fifty-two year association with the Museum, Margaret Mead was a scientist, curator, teacher, author, social activist, and media celebrity. The success of her first book, Coming of Age in Samoa, published in 1928, had thrust her into the mdia spotlight" [stress added]." Nancy C. Lutkehaus, 2001-2002, American Icon. Natural History, 12/01 - 1/02, pages 14 & 15, page 14.

"Although the earliest recorded European contact with the main part of Manus [Island] was probably by Menezes in 1517....substantial impact did not take place until the 1870s, when the area became a commercial source of pearlshell, tortoise shell, and beche-de-mer. By the time of German annexation in 1884, most of the Manus were familiar with European goods, if not wity Europeans themselves. ... By the early 1920s almost the entire region had come under full Australian control. ... The fundamental change was in the Manus economy. As a result of colonization, Manus ceased to be an independent system of interdependent villages tied by a complex arrangement of production and circulation. Instead it became a dependent outlier of the main Papua New Guinean economy.... [stress added]." James G. Carrier and Achsah H. Carrier, 1985, A Manus Centenary: Production, Kinship, and Exchange in the Admiralty Islands. American Ethnologist, Vol, 12, No. 3, pages 505-522, pages 510-511.

FILM NOTES: In 1928, there was an endless effort to repay debts to one another in the islands; marriage was purely a financial arrangement. Copra was the main export of the territory and Manus Islanders "were in the European world but not of it." In traditional times, as hard as life was for men it was harder for women: surrounded by various taboos.

"When the people of Peri beat the death drums as our canoe pulled away from the village in 1929, neither they nor I expected that I would ever return. ...In 1953, twenty-five years after the first field work in Peri village, I decided to go back in response to questions no one had answered about the incredible changes that had taken place in Manus and to find answers to new problems on the postwar world...." (Margaret Mead, New Lives For Old: Cultural Transformation in Manus, 1928-1953, 1966 edition, pp. xi-xii) ... "The transformation I witnessed in 1953 taught me a great deal about social change--change within one generation--and about the way a people who were well led could take their future in their own hands [stress added]." Margaret Mead, 1996, New Lives For Old, page: xiv & xii-xiii. ...

FILM: In 1944, on the 2nd of March, American armed forces attacked the Japanese bases in the Admiralty Islands and eventually the islands were secured for the Allies and a huge American base was established for the continuation of the war in the Pacific against the Japanese.

CARGO CULTS [http://www.altnews.com.au/cargocult/jonfrum/] = "These revitalization movements (also designated as revivalist, nativistic, or millenarian) received their name from movements in Melanesia early in this century that were and are characterized by the belief that the millennium will be ushered in by the arrival of great ships loaded with European trade goods (cargo). The goods will be brought by the ancestral spirits and will be distributed to the natives who have acted in accordance to the dictates of the cults. Sometimes the cult leaders call for the expulsion of all alien elements, the renunciation of all things European on the part of the cult followers, and a return to the traditional way of life. In contrast, other cult leaders promise a future ideal life if followers abandon their traditional ceremonies and way of life in favor of copying European customs. Cargo cults, like other revitalization movements, develop in situations where there is extreme material and other inequality between societies in contact. Cargo cults attempt to explain and erase the differences in material wealth between natives and Europeans." D.E. Hunter & P. Whitten, Encyclopedia of Anthropology, 1976: 67.

NOTE: The nation of Papua New Guinea had an estimated year 2000 population of 4,705,126 (with 39.4% below the age of 15) and covers approximately 178,700 squares miles [California is 158,869 square miles].

"MARGARET MEAD. The century's foremost woman anthropologist, Margaret Mead [1901-1978] was an American icon. On dozens of field trips to study the ways of primitive [sic] societies, she found evidence to support her strong belief that cultural conditioning, not genetics, molded human behavior. That theme was struck most forcefully in Mead's 1928 classic, Coming of Age in Samoa. It described an idyllic pre-industrial society, free of sexual restraint and devoid of violence, guilt and anger. Her portrait of free-loving primitives [sic!] shocked contemporaries and inspired generations of college students--especially during the 1960s sexual revolution. But it may have been too good to be true. While few question Mead's brilliance or integrity, subsequent research showed that Samoan society is no more or less uptight than any other. It seems Mead accepted as fact tribal gossip embellished by adolescent Samoan girls happy to tell the visiting scientist what she wanted to hear [stress added]." Leon Jaroff, Time, March 29, 1999, page 183.

For the 2001-2002 Academic Year, a total of 588 individuals received the Ph.D. in Anthropology: there were 331 females [56.3%] and 257 males [43.7%]; note, this includes degrees from Australia (13), Canada (39), Hong Kong (2), Mexico (7), Norway (6), and the United Kingdom (35). Source: The 2002-2003 American Anthropological Association Guide, page 606.

"The single most important discovery for women explorers may be the freedom that lies at the heart of the very act of exploration." Reeve Lindberg, 2000, Introduction. Living With Cannibals And Other Women's Adventures, by Michele Slung (Washington, D.C., National Geographic Society), pages 1-7, page 2.

---

WEEK 10: BEGINNING March 31, 2003 [No CLASSES on Monday March 31 but then classes on April 2 & April 4, 2003]  

I. WEEK #8 TOPICS CONTINUED & CULTURE CHANGE

An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Family and Kinship in Village India" by David W. McCurdy, pages 227-234.
"Uterine Families and the Women's Community" by Margery Wolf, pages 241-247.

III. APPROPRIATE VISUALS:
A. VTAPE: CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
B. VTAPE: HUNTERS OF THE SEAL (and see http://www.lib.uconn.edu/arcticcircle/ as well as http://www.nunanet.com/~nic/).
C. "In 1978, after three years of lobbying, a political organization called the Inuit Tapirisat of Canada won access to a government communications satellite and was given money to establish an experimental Inuit network." Igloos and Boob Tubes" by Mary Williams Walsh, 1992, The San Francscio Chronicle & Examiner, This World, December 27, 1992, page 3.

"The names Americans use for many American Indian tribes are derogatory. European Americans often learned what to call one tribe from a neighboring rival tribe. Throughout the world, naming has been a prerogative of power. With colonialism on the wane, calling natives by the name they use for themselves is gradually becoming accepted practice [stress added]." James W. Loewen, 1999, Lies Across America: What Our Historic Sites Get Wrong (NY: The New Press), pages 99-102.

IV. WORKING FOR A LIVING AND PERSPECTIVE[S] CONTINUED:

"I don't think being a son or daughter qualifies you to do what your parents do." (Leonard S. Riggio, born 1941: Chief Executive of Barnes & Noble, Inc.)

"You've got to be passionate about something." Steve Jobs. Rama D. Jager & Rafael Ortiz, 1997, Steve Jobs: Apple Computer, NeXT Software, and Pixar--Only The Best--People, Product, Purpose. In The Company of Giants: Candid Conversations With The Visionaries of the Digital World (McGraw-Hill), pages 9-25, page 21.

"Despite their good intentions, the odds are that one of these new teachers will leave the profession. More than a third of California teachers abandon their career within the first three years....Yet California cannot afford to lose them. In the next decade, the state must hire an estimated 250,000 adults....[stress added]." Elizabeth Bell, 2000, New Teachers' First Year. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 28, 2000, pages A13 & A16, page A13.

"The future is something which everyone reaches at the rate of sixty minutes an hour, whatever he [or she] does, whoever he [or she!] is." C.S. Lewis (1898-1963)

A. Anthropological Activities.
B. Campus Resources (please see http://www.csuchico.edu/plc/welcome2.html [Career & Placement Center] as well as http://ids.csuchico.edu/ [Internships])!

V. TO THE FUTURE?

"Our winning strategy for finding your perfect job comes from Samantha H. in Jamaica, N.Y. 'First thing, let's not call it a job but your life's career. Job sounds so humdrum, put upon and boring. My mother gave me the best advice: 'Look for the thing that has been with you all of your life. It has brought you through good and bad times. Once you find it, then that is what you should be doing [stress added].'" Bob Rosner, 2001, Working Wounded. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 2, 2001, page J2.

"Winans [Career Placement Center at CSU, Chico] explained that it is important for students to start thinking early about their careers and not limit themselves to the major that is in the highest demand. 'All majors are in demand,' she emphasized. 'If you're alive and can breathe, you ought to be able to have choices out there [stress added]'" Joslyn Carroll, 2000, Coming Up Aces. Chico News & Review, August 17, 2000, pages 27-29, page 27.

"Real education consists in drawing the best out of yourself. What better book can there be than the book of humanity?" Mohandas K. Gandhi (1869-1948)

"It's not just the work that has to be learned in each situation. Each job presents a self-contained social world, with its own personalities, hierarchy, customs, and standards. Sometimes I was given scraps of sociological data to work with, such as 'Watch out for so-and-so, he's a real asshole.' More commonly it was left to me to figure out such essentials as who was in charge, who was good to work with, who could take a joke. Here years of travel probably stood me in good stead, although in my normal life I usually enter new situations in some respected, even attention-getting role like 'guest lecturer' or 'workshop leader.' It's a lot harder, I found out, to sort out a human microsystem when you're looking up at it from the bottom, and, of course, a lot more necessary to do so" [stress added]." Barbara Ehrenreich, 2001, Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By In America (NY: Metropolitan Books), page 194.

"At each new job, you have to start all over, clueless and friendless." Barbara Ehrenreich, 2001, Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By In America (NY: Metropolitan Books), page 205.

"Knowledge is power: 5 rules to remember when negotiating salary. 1. Recognize your value....2. Be prepared.....3. Know what you can negotiate....4. Know that you are dealing with future coworkers.....5. Focus on the goals, not winning." (USA Today May 22, 2000, page 7A.)

AFFINITY: A fundamental principle of relationship linking kin through marriage.

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surroundings, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

INCEST TABOO: The cultural rule that prohibits sexual intercourse and marriage between specified classes of relatives.

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regular cyclical rites.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

WORLD VIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

PLEASE NOTE the words of Derek Freeman: "In my book of 1983 evidence was amassed to demonstrate that Margaret Mead's conclusion of Coming of Age in Samoa, because it is at odds with the relevant facts, cannot possibly have been correct. It had become apparent that the young Margaret Mead had, somehow or other, made an egregious mistake. ... The making of mistakes by humans, in science as in all other forms of human activity, is altogether commonplace." Derek Freeman, 1996, Margaret Mead And The Heretic: The Making And Unmaking of an Anthropological Myth, pages vi and xii-xiii.

NATIONAL CHARACTER: An old approach: "Thus in Exodus, the Histories of Herodotus, and the Germania of Tacitus the authors try to set down the essential traits of the people....Generally the basic ideas and approaches of the culture and personality field are used--basic personality structure, modal personality, cultural character--except that the problems of adequate samnpling and sound generalizations are recognized to be greater." David E. Hunter & Phillip Whitten, 1976, Encyclopedia of Anthropology, p. 281)

VIDEO: Impact of World War II on National Character research. ... "We can only learn to respect how precious and unique our separate cultures and personalities are to cherish that being we call a person."

FROM} The San Francisco Chronicle, March 30, 2001} "He climbed into his Mitsubishi Zero airplane, flew away east towards the rising sun, south towards Okinawa and the American enemy. He was a kamikaze pilot, it was May 11, 1945, and it was suicide. He dived straight down on the carrier Bunker Hill, dropped a single bomb, never pulled out of the dive, crashed into the ship. He died instantly, every bone in his body was broken. The attack set off huge fires and explosions. Four hundred and ninety-six Americans died with him. The Bunker Hill, badly damaged, was knocked out of the war. His name was Kiyoshi Ogawa. To Americans, he was a fanatic. To his countrymen, he was a hero. He was 22 years old [stress added]." Carl Nolte, 2001, Doing His Duty. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 30, 2001, pages A1 and A23, page A23.

"After years of controversy, Tokyo now has a national museum chronicling the events of World War II. But it is a portrait cleansed of Pearl Harbor, Hiroshima, Japanese atrocities and almost any direct reference to the front lines. The transformation of the Showa Hall museum, which opened in March [1999], from a war memorial into a bland exhibition of wartime life shows how difficult it still is for Japan to reckon with its past. Half a century after Japan's surrender, debate still rages....[stress added]." Yuri Kageyama, 1999, Japan's War Museum Has Spotty Memory. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 1, 1999, page A14.

"Indeed, Margaret Mead has been criticized, most notably by the Australian anthropologist Derek Freeman [1916-2001], for mionimizing the biological aspects of childrearing. According to Freeman, Mead was so eager to demonstrate the definitive role of culture in human society that she was insensitive to fundamental human drives and motives, while overly accepting accounts that suggested the singularity of a culture. From today's vantage point, we might conclude that Mead was attempting to demonstrate the importance of cultural factors to a biologically oriented social science community, while Freeman was reacting to a cultural concensis that Mead and her colleagues had succeeded in establishing at mid-century [stress added]." Howard Gardner, 2001, Introduction to the Perrenial Classics Edition. Growing Up in New Guinea, 1930 (by Margaret Mead), page xxi.

AND REMEMBER?} "China and many other developing nations are rushing with equal speed into an emerging pandemic of heart disease.... Heart disease is poised to pitch China, with its 1.2 billion people, into a costly public health crisis. Already 40% of the deaths in China result from heart disease or strokes. ... By the end of last year [2001], the Chinese could eat locally at more than 400 McDonald's restaurants and about 600 KFC restaurants [stress added]." Steve Sternberg, 2002, World prospers, hearts suffer. USAToday, November 18, 2002, pages D1 + D2.

"We either hunt together or we die." ... In traditional times, the Netsilik had a preoccupation with "survival" in their environment. ..."The hunter must remain on good terms with the animal he hunts." "[Today] The Netsilik are at the mercy of an outside world they cannot control."

"Northbound weather patterns carry U.S.-generated pollution to Canada's Nunavut territory, where it accumulates in the local ecosystem. ... For example, the cotton crops pesticide toxaphene, which was banned in North America in 1982, is still found in Arctic wildlife, thousands of miles from where the checmical was once widely used. Once in the Arctic, the cold, dry climate impedes the breakdown of these hitchhiking contaminants causing them to build up and magnify as they move up the food chain. Ultimately the pollution reaches Inuit people whose diet is rich in fatty meat where the chemicals tend to be most concentrated." K.L. Capozza, 2001, Spoiled Tundra. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 11, 2001, page A4.

In traditional times: "The nuclear family, consisting of the father, mother, and children, was the most important social unit among the Netsilik Eskimos. It was characterized by continuous co-residence, sexual division of labor between the spouses in various technological activities, sexual intimacy between husband and wife, and child rearing. The nuclear family [however] was not completely independent in the accomplishment of many of these important functions, but had to align itself continuously with other families, closely or distantly related, to become part of larger groupings. Sometimes such wider alignments were determined by the inexorable necessity of collaboration in hunting. ... Under no circumstance could the Netsilik nuclear family survive for prolonged periods isolated by itself among the rigors of the Arctic wilderness. ... The nuclear family was always part of a larger kinship group....called the extended family. ... In addition to kinship, the necessity to collaborate in subsistence activities and food distribution was an important binding force in Netsilik society. .. Collaboration is not only an objective necessity related to the technology and strategy of hunting or fishing but a recognized behavioral norm [stress added]." [Asen Balicki, The Netsilik Eskimo, 1970: 101-130]

VIDEO: In traditional times, the Netsilik had their Holy Men = "Shamans who knew how to manipulate the spirits of their old world." ... "Until the mid-1960's Zachary Itimagnac and his family lived the nomadic life of the Eskimo hunter in the Pelly Bay region of the Arctic. Then the Canadian Government introduced measures to provide heated dwellings, a school, a hospital, medical care, a cooperative, air transportation." See CSUChico FILM #12688/89 entitled Yesterday/Today: The Netsilik Eskimos] ...

VIDEO: "Today the kids don't get a chance to see the traditional ways of doing things. .. With the introduction of the permanent houses in Pelly Bay, the Netsilik could begin to accumulate possessions for the first time." Balicki states that "school" has the "most profound influence on these people."

In The Late 1970s: "Following a multiplicity of factors, gradually the nuclear family emerges as the basic economic unit. ...The nuclear family appears increasingly today as economically autonomous." .. The income of the Eskimo is mostly derived from stone carvings, family allowances, and old age pensions. Their houses are owned by the government which also supplies heat and electricity. The tenant pays rent which is pro-rated to his income. Zachary Itimagnac, whose income is under $1200/year, pays $15 a month in rent. Most of Zachary's income goes for up-keep on his snowmobile, and for the purchase of clothing, tea, and tobacco [stress added]."

---

WEEK 11: BEGINNING April 7, 2003

I. CULTURE CHANGE, APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY, AND TECHNOLOGY.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"How Sushi Went Global" by Theodore C. Bestor, pages 201-211.
"Blood on the Steppes" by Jack Weatherford, pages 281-289.
"Cocaine and the Economic Deterioration of Bolivia" by Jack Weatherford, pages 170-180.
"Using Anthropology" [repeat] by David W. McCurdy, pages 415-427.

III. PLEASE REMEMBER:
A. REVIEW on Wednesday April 16, 2003 & EXAM II (25%) on Friday April 18, 2003.
B. Potential EXAM II Test Questions below
C. Map}: Europe, Middle East, Asia & Pacific, Multiple Choice, and True/False

IV. PLEASE THINK ABOUT THIS:

"In 1994, when McDonald's opened up a restaurant in Kuwait, the line at the drive-up window stretched some seven miles down the road. In a country whose name is synonymous with oil, perhaps no one felt all that concerned about the traffic tie-up." Ted Steinberg, 2002, Down To Earth: Nature's Role in American History (NY: Oxford University Press), page 280.

IS THIS TRUE?} "No two countries that both had McDonald's had fought a war against each other since each got its McDonald's." Thomas L. Friedman, 1999, The Lexus And The Olive Tree, (NY: Farrar Straus Giroux), page 195.

V. FILM: GOING INTERNATIONAL #1 (Mon)

VI. VIDEO: ANTHROPOLOGY ON TRIAL.

VII. HRAF} Human Relations Area Files (and employment opportunities).

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES: The knowledge that people use to assign rights to the ownership and use of resources.

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

INFORMANT: A person who teaches his or her culture to an anthropologist.

LAW: The cultural knowledge that people use to settle disputes by means of agents who have recognized authority.

MARKET ECONOMIES: Economies in which production and exchange are motivated by market factors: price, supply, and demand. Market economies are associated with large societies where impersonal exchange is common.

NAIVE REALISM: The notion that reality is much the same for all people everywhere.

ROLE: The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

"If the success of the international businessperson is to be maximized, there is no substitute for an intimate acquaintance with both the language and the culture of those with whom one is conducting business. In fact, because of the close relationship between language and culture, it will be virtually impossible not to learn about one while studying the other [stress added]." Gary P. Ferraro, 1990, The Cultural Dimensions Of International Business, page 46.

"American business executives beware: One cultural blunder can cost you the foreign contract." Anthony Breznican, The Sacramento Bee, December 4, 2000, page D4.

VIDEO : "We Americans tend to see ourselves as separate from nature. We talk about 'harnessing the forces of nature'; we talk about 'mastering our environment.' Most of the people in the world see themselves as a part of nature, very much subject to the same forces that affect, for example, a tree."

VIDEO : "We are all creatures of culture, and culture is learned. We may have to unlearn many attitudes and behaviors to do well overseas. ... To succeed we must learn the rules, but that is not enough. We must ask questions, watch, and listen. Wherever we go we are ourselves, but we must respect the host culture. We are the guests in their country."

Stereotype: "A process of making metal printing plates by taking a mold of composed type or the like in papier-mâché or other material and then taking from this mold a cast in type metal. ... a standardized conception or image invested with special meaning and [thought to be] held in common by members of a group." (The Random House College Disctionary, 1975, page 1288.)

Culture shock: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

Ethnocentrism: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

NOTE: "For countries, corporations and individuals who want to get ahead, the question isn't whether to embrace diversity, but how. This is a surprising statement for those who live in monocultural nations or who work in homogeneous organizations. It may also surprise people who advocate 'multiculturalism' on the basis of fiarness or morality. The truth is that being diverse pays. ...You mix, you win. You resist diversity, you lose. ...Cultural mixing spurs creativity and innovation. Money follows the money [stress added]." The Wall Street Journal June 29, 2000, page A22.

"The Coca-Cola name in China was first read as 'Ke-kou-ke-la,' meaning 'Bite the wax tadpole' or 'female horse stuffed with wax,' depending on the dialect. Coke then researched 40,000 characters to find a phonetic equivalent, 'ko-kou-ko-le,' translating 'happiness in the mouth.'" Thomas L. Friedman, 1999, The Lexus And the Olive Tree (NY: Farrar Strauss Giroux), page 219.

"He likes multicultural candidates, and he demands multicultural savvy-people who have worked for companies based in different countrues, even if they themselves have never left Brazil. Says Puritz: 'If people don't have that intellectual dexterity of understanding how other cultures work, they won't succeed in this business.' That's a sentiment chanted over and over again by other executives at international firms: 'You need to borrow the know-how of local culture and local law,' says Cendant's Pfeiffer. 'It's important that you not project any arrogance [stress added].'" Amanda Ripley, 2001, In Control,10 Times Zones Away. Time, April 9, 2001, pages G8-G11, page G11.

GOING INTERNATIONAL (#2): Managing The Overseas Assignment = "...portrays communication problems anyone can experience in foreign situations. ... U.S. travelers in countries as diverse as Japan, Saudi Arabia, England, India and Mexico illustrate how cultural taboos and accepted standards of behavior differ around the world. Nationals of the featured countries and cross-cultural experts explain how travelers can adapt their communication skills and personal conduct to be more effective abroad."

SOME NUMBERS TO CONSIDER from various pages in The World Almanac and Book of Facts 2003:

Japan population of 126,974,628 and area of 152,400 square miles
Saudi Arabia population of 23,513,330 and area of 830,000 square miles
England [United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland] population of 59,778,002 and area of 93,300 square miles
India population of 1,045,845,226 and area of 1,148,600 square miles.
Mexico population of 103,400,165 and area of 742,500 square miles; and
California [163,696] is the most populous state in the USA with 33,871,648 residents [~12% of the USA].

VIDEO: "Working abroad usually means expanded responsibility and authority for those traveling or relocating. Being in charge can be rewarding, but it can also be stressful. Under pressure, even people with the best intentions can behave in ways which are perfectly acceptable at home, but inappropriate to a foreign culture. None of the Americans in the five scenes is an 'ugly American.' Indeed, they all behave in ways which are rewarded in the USA. They are admirably restrained in expressing the frustration they feel. But in each scene, the American is ineffectual because of a failure to understand the essentials of doing business in the host country."

VIDEO: "...to work effectively abroad, we must recognize that the cultural values of a country determine how business is done there. One's own values, perceptions, and management methods are not necessarily valued in other cultures. ... A demonstrated awareness of and respect for the host culture will make a big difference to the success of social and business interactions."

REMEMBER: http://www.mexica-movement.org/frames.html [Mexica Movement} Arming Our People With Knowledge]} "'Do you know your true history and identity?' This is the epicenter of a little-known movement galvanizing pockets of Mexican and Central American communities in the United States: Indigenous people fighting to resurrect their Indian history and heritage amidst a society that labels them Hispanic or latino [stress added]." Pauline Arrillaga, 2000, New Mexican Movement Stresses Indian Identity. Enterprise-Record, December 31, 2000, page 3D.

GOING INTERNATIONAL (#3): Beyond Culture Shock = ... "explain[s] the psychological phases of the adjustment process. U.S. and Canadian expatriate families describe their experiences and suggest strattegies for overcoming culture shock. ... practical suggestions for making living abroad an enriching adventure." = "Familes who go abroad with unrealistic expectations will be disappointed, and may have a hard time adapting. They will face many sources of disorientation. ... We all depend on hundred of signs and cues to 'read' and function in our environment, but in a new culture, many of these signs are gone, and we are conffronted with new ways of doing things, new ways of thinking and valuing. This causes anxiety. It is the continuous, repeated occasions of disorientaition which precipitates 'culture shock.' As one expatriate expresses it, 'It's like being in an exam, twenty-four hours a day" [stress added; and Urbanowicz adds, the film can be "viewed" on several levels simultaneously.]

GOING INTERNATIONAL (#4): Welcome Home Stranger = "...focuses on the unexpected problems of returning home. Family members share how they overcame the difficulties of 'reentry' into the workplace, community and school environments. Reentry is often the hardest part of an overseas experience and should not be ignored." = "Most returning families are not prepared for 'reentry shock' or 'reverse culture shock.' Memories and myths of home--how it is cleaner, better, cheaper, or more efficient--are shattered. When people return home, they find life is complex here too. They find that they miss what they became accustomed to overseas [or, perhaps, Urbanowicz adds: In Chico, California.]."

VIDEO: "I think in the '80's we must stop anthropologists from coming into the country...[Anthropology is] part and participle of the colonial forces. ... [some of Mead's work]: "half-truths or unrealistic. ... Margaret Mead wrote the story of Peri [not the "story" of the people of Manus]. ... I've stopped the film [Margaret Mead's New Guinea Journal]. ... She [Margaret Mead] didn't understand our customs."

REMEMBER THE WORDS of Derek Freeman: "In my book of 1983 evidence was amassed to demonstrate that Margaret Mead's conclusion of Coming of Age in Samoa, because it is at odds with the relevant facts, cannot possibly have been correct. It had become apparent that the young Margaret Mead had, somehow or other, made an egregious mistake. ... The making of mistakes by humans, in science as in all other forms of human activity, is altogether commonplace." Derek Freeman, 1996, Margaret Mead And The Heretic: The Making And Unmaking of an Anthropological Myth, pages vi and xii-xiii.

"Any account of Mead's work on Samoa [or perhaps all of her work?] must consider the controversy surrounding its accuracy. In 1983, several years after her death, Derek Freeman published his detailed refutation of her work. More recently, Freeman has continued his attack with attempts to prove that Mead built her description of adolescent sexuality on scanty information gleaned from a hoax perpetrated by her informants. He has also argued that she was young and credulous, that she had a poor grasp of the language, that she did not carry out her investigations properly, that Coming of Age in Samoa [1929] is littered with errors, that she twisted the facts to suit her (and Boas's and Benedict's) preconceptions, and that she was entirely wrong in her portrayal of Samoa [stress added]." Hilary Lapsley, 1999, Margaret Mead And Ruth Benedict: The Kinship of Women (Amherst: U Mass Press), pages 142-143.

---

HRAF (HUMAN RELATIONS AREA FILES)

AND PLEASE SEE http://www.csuchico.edu/lref/guides/rbn/hraf.html (in The Meriam Library and which states the following:

"The eHRAF Collection of Ethnography, available on the web, is a small but growing collection of HRAF full text and graphical materials supplemented, in some cases, with additional research through approximately the 1980's. The eHRAF Collection of Ethnography includes approximately 48 cultures, and regular additions are planned." (And See http://www.hti.umich.edu/e/ehraf/ ).

The Human Relations Area Files (HRAF) is a microform collection ofmostly primary source materials on a large sample of cultures, societies and ethnic groups representing all areas of the world. It is a research tool making available descriptive data on many predominantly non-western and non-literate world cultures. Once the basic arrangement of the HRAF Microfiles is understood,the Files can be used for making cross-cultural surveys, for studying a particular culture or cultural trait, for studying cultures in a specific geographical area, and more. HRAF is also available in CD ROM.

ORGANIZATION OF THE HRAF

The Collection is organized into separate Cultural Files,which are indexed in a manual entitled the OUTLINE OF WORLD CULTURES (OWC). The information within each Cultural File is then arranged according to a special subject classification system presented in another manual called the OUTLINE OF CULTURAL MATERIALS (OCM). Using these two manuals, you will be able to find information in the HRAF Microfiles about one specific characteristic of one particularculture or make a cross-cultural comparison or survey of two or more societies.

HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION IN THE HRAF MICROFILES

The procedure described below will assist you in gathering all the information in the HRAF on a sample research problem. As an example, we will study the custom of "arranged marriages" and answer the following question: "Do the Northern Paiute practice the custom of arranged marriages?"

1. Locate the OUTLINE OF WORLD CULTURES (OWC) and the OUTLINE OF CULTURAL MATERIALS (OCM), the two manuals necessary to answer simple questions of information and fact. Multiple copies of the guides are adjacent to the HRAF microfile cabinets.

2. Turn to the alphabetically arranged Index in the back of the OUTLINE OF WORLD CULTURES (OWC) to find out if the Northern Paiute have been included in the Files. Only those cultures marked with a RED CHECK have resource materials available in the HRAF at this time. When you determine that the Northern Paiute have been included, copy the letter/number symbol (NR13); this is the OUTLINE OF WORLD CULTURE Code for the Northern Paiute.

3. Using the OWC Code (NR13) turn to the main text of the OWC, which is arranged in sequence by OWC Code, to learn exactly how the specific cultural unit is defined.

4. Next, using the index of the other manual, the OUTLINE OF CULTURAL MATERIALS (OCM), look up the subject, "arranged marriages." If the term you are seeking is not in the index, use another similar or broader subject such as "marriage." In this case, the index has a listing for the subject, "Arranging, a marriage, 584" and also under the broader term, "Marriage, arrangement of, 584." Copy the number, 584; this is the OCM Subject Category Code number.

5. Find the OCM Subject Code number in the main text of the OUTLINE OF CULTURAL MATERIALS. Listings are arranged by OCM Code numbers. Read the category description and also explore the cross references to see if any of the other related OCM subject categories may be useful.

6. Now that you have both the OWC Code (NR13) and the OCM Subject Category Code (584), you are ready to find the appropriate microfiche card in the HRAF file cabinets.

GUIDE TO SPECIAL OCM FILE CODES

Some of the OUTLINE OF CULTURAL MATERIALS Code number Files, as follows,provide special categories of information which are useful for properly understanding the Files and for placing the data in its overall context.

Category: 10: Orientation to the File
105: General description of the culture
111: Full bibliographic citations for all sources of a particular culture; similar information is found in the HRAF Source Bibliography
112: Sources consulted by the HRAF compilers but not included; useful for further research
113: References cited by authors of sources used in HRAF
116: Complete source material--entire books, reports, articles included in HRAF are filed under this category
131: Geographic location information of culture
161 & 162: Population size and composition data
197: Language and linguistic affiliation
631: Information pertaining to general sociopolitical structure of culture

FOR MORE INFORMATION CONCERNING THE HRAF:

1. Nature And Use Of The HRAF Files: A Research and Teaching Guide, by Robert O. Lagace, ed (1974).

2. Human Relations Area Files: A Fund of Knowledge. = A 15-minute videotape introduction to HRAF available in Limited Loan.

3. ASK A LIBRARIAN and please remember The eHRAF Collection of Ethnography available on the WWW.

1. Reports have been cited that anywhere from 33% to __ of California teachers abandon their career within the first three years: (a) 40%; (b) 50%; (c) 60%; (d) 75%.

2. According to the Guidebook, names that many Americans use for Native American Indians tribes are: (a) acceptable; (b) believable; (c) creative; (d) derogatory.

3. Anthropologists who do research in "culture and personality" are generally interested in: (a) modal personality; (b) basic personality structure; (c) cultural character; (d) all-of-the-above.

4. The term "dege" in the Dani Language of New Guinea meant: (a) human being; (b) a "moiety" of the Dani people; (c) a term of contempt; (d) a digging stick or a spear.

5. In "traditional" times, the Netsilik Eskimo of North America had their holy men, called: (a) pilchuks; (b) Big-Men; (c) shamans; (d) Itimagnacs.

6. The following has been described as forming the "spine" of Bushmen life: (a) trust; (b) peace; (c) cooperation; (d) all-of-the-above.

7. According to Barnett (in this Guidebook), European mastery of large parts of the globe was due to: (a) racial superiority; (b) possession of gunpowder; (c) possession of iron; (d) both b + c.

8. TRUE FALSE Some of the Human Relations Area Files (HRAF) are available through the World Wide Web.

9. TRUE FALSE Polyandry is when a woman has two or more husbands at the same time.

10. TRUE FALSE According to Going International #1, for countries, corporations and individuals who want to get ahead, the question isn't whether to embrace diversity, but how.

11. TRUE FALSE The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses is known as the caste system.

12. TRUE FALSE Margaret Mead was the only female anthropologist to ever work in Melanesia.

13. TRUE FALSE Cosmology refers to a set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

14. TRUE FALSE Among the Inuit of North America, it was common to give a child to a relative for any reason.

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTTwo.htm by Friday April 11, 2003, to assist you in examination #2. (Again, I am well aware that "older" versions of my ANTH 13 Exams exist "out there" - I return them to you so you can learn from any mistakes; by all means, if you have access to "old" exams, do look at them; but r.e.m.e.m.b.e.r to read and study for EXAM II (and eventually EXAM III) as if you might be faced with BRAND NEW EXAMINATION QUESTIONS - which could well be the case!)!

---

WEEK 12: BEGINNING April 14, 2003

I. CULTURE CHANGE CONTINUED AND REVIEW AND EXAM II (25%) on Friday April 18, 2003.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Culture Change and Applied Anthropology" [Overview], pages 382-286.
"Medical Anthropology" Improving Nutrition in Malawi" by Sonia Patten, pages 405-414.

III. VIDEO: GOING INTERNATIONAL (#2): Managing The Overseas Assignment
VIDEO: GOING INTERNATIONAL (#3) Beyond Culture Shock = [please go back in Guidebook].

IV. ONCE AGAIN} A "REPEAT" OF SOME OF THE TRANSPARENCIES USED USED ON DAY 1 OF CLASS (January 27, 2003) IS AVAILABLE AT: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/ANTH13SP2003

V. EXAM II (25%) on FRIDAY APRIL 18, 2003.

---

WEEK 13: BEGINNING April 21, 2003

I. LAW & POLITICS & RELIGION, MAGIC, AND WORLD VIEW

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook (and you are supposed to be beginningEarth Abides by George R. Stewart).
"Law and Politics" [Overview][repeat], pages 300-303.
"Symbolizing Roles: Beyond The Veil" by Elizabeth & Robert Fernea, pages 253-260.
"Cross-Cultural Law: The Case of the Gypsy Offender" by Anne Sutherland, pages 318-326.

II. PREVIOUS STUDENT COMMENTS ABOUT EARTH ABIDES.

"When I first began reading this book I thought what the heck does this have to do with cultural diversity? To my amazement, as I read on, I discovered more of a conection."

"I thought that Earth Abides fit very well with this course. I absolutely loved this book and it definitely helped me to understand this course a little better."

"I think reading Earth Abides made me actually understand what was happening in the class more."

"I think Earth Abides was a very fitting book for Anth 13. It really made me see the importance of culure and how culture defines our American existence."

"I see Earth Abides fitting in ANTH 13 to show just how fragile and precious cultures are and how easy it is to influence a complex change.. ... I feel Earth Abides ties in with what Charles Darw3in taught us: how a specieis, including humans, will adapt to its environment in order to survive. There are many different environments in the world, therefore there are bound to be many different ways humans live and view the world. Earth Abides shows us how we need to appreciate and respect the different ways that humans have found to survive on the planet."

"I think Earth Abides was perfect in this class - especially after learning about the eradication in Tasmania and the Native Americans .... how could it not connect?"

"Earth Abides was a nice ending to the course and helped apply what you learned if you thought about it (and didn't read it like a drone). It was a nice supplement to the course."

"Throughout this course we have extensively learned about the concept of culture. We have journied to distant lands and witnessed how their land, beliefs, and heritage influenced the way they live. We have also seen what happens when cultures interact and what happens when cultures interact and how we are supposed to respect and learn from other cultures. I think reading Earth Abides really connected and solidified everything we have learned in this course. ... Great book! & awesom way to end the course!!"

"After reading Earth Abides I can see how it fits in with Anthropology 13: Human Cultural Diversity. This book shows how events and environment can have great influences on culture, which is what we learned throughout the course."

"I told my Mom we were reading Earth Abides and it tuns out she remembered it from reading it 30 years ago! She remembered everything about it and was very excited for me to read it! She has been looking for a copy and thought it was out of print. I told her she could have mine now that I'm finished! Thanks for a great semester!"

III. EXAMPLES (ETHNOGRAPHIC AND OTHERS): INFORMATION OR OIL?

"Railways [in 19th century England] changed everything. People lived differently, worked differently, ate differently, had holidays differently, did almost everything differently, once railways came alon. Suburbs were created because people no longer needed to live on top of their work. Fresh fish and vegetables could be brought hundreds of miles. The Grand Tour was open to everyone who could afford the train fare. People were brought together and life was opened up. Even now, the direct and indirect results of railways, apart from the obvious economic and social advantages, have scarcely been realized. Cars and planes, television and satellites have since reduced the world to one electric village, but trains were first [stress added]." Hunter Davis, 1975, George Stephenson: The Remarkable Life of the Founder of the Railways (Middlesex, England: Hamlyn Paperbacks), pages xiii-xiv.

"[In the United States in the mid-19th century:] One of the main reasons for funding the transcontinental [rail]road, however, was national defense--a rationale that also brought about construction of the federal interstate highway system nearly a century later. The idea of a coast-to-coast link had been discussed in California for some time, but Congress did not approve funds for it until the Civil War [1861-1865] was underway. The railroad would be a means of not only hastening shipments to and from California and protecting it from possible attack, but of keeping in loyal to the Union [stress added]." Daniel Lindley, 1999, Ambrose Bierce Takes on the Railroad: The Journalist as Muckraker and Cynic (Westport & London: Praeger), page 63.

A. VIDEO: THAT UNCERTAIN PARADISE [Micronesia in the North Pacific Ocean]

"Island Nations Say Global Warming Drowning Their Homes. In an urgent plea for help, island states at a summit on the Earth's future told an alarming tale Tuesday [June 24, 1997] of the here and now: The seas may already be encroaching on their fragile lands. ... The United States, with 5 percent of the world's population emits more than 20 percent of the world's man-made carbon dioxide. ... Micronesia is not alone. Similar anectdotal reports have come in from such Pacific island groups as the Marshalls, Kiribati, and the Cartaret atoll off Papua New Guinea. Many islanders blame global warming. Islanders also say they believe violent ocean storms have increased in frequency, another predicted effect of global warming [stress added]." (Chico Enterprise-Record, June 25, 1997, page 5A).

"From the tropics to the poles, evidence is growing stronger than ever that the Earth's climate is warming dangerously. ... If the trends continue unchecked, scientists say, rising sea levels will drown coastlines [stress added]." David Perlman, 2002, Global warming evidence mounts. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 23, 2002, page A8.

B. VIDEO: THE COLONEL COMES TO JAPAN

C. VIDEO: SAUDI ARABIA

"The world's biggest oil exporter has seen the end of the easy-oil money road, and now the Saudi leadership is trying to avoid a crash like that of some other Middle Eastern and African states by luring foreign investors to the secluded Kingdom. ... the big oil booms of the 1970s and 1980s also engendered a Saudi baby boom. Half of Saudi Arabia's native population of 15 million is now less than 18 years old and the population is still growing by 3% a year. Economic growth over the past decade has averaged only about 1% annually. Estimates of Saudi unemployment already range from one-fifth to one-third of the male population, a statistic that is bound to worsen. ... Extravagence, corrpution and the privileges of a royal family that number some 30,000 members have already led to a national debt equal to the size of the economy, or $160 billion [stress added]." Hugh Pope, 2001, Today's Saudi Arabia Thirsts For Dollars. The Wall Street Journal, June 21, 2001, pages A1 and A15, page A1; and see: http://www.albany.edu/jmmh/vol1no1/teach-islamic.html [The Journal for Multi-Media History} Teaching Islamic Civilization With Information Technology]

IV. PLEASE BEGIN READING EARTH ABIDES BY GEORGE R. STEWART.

VIDEO: "Recently a growing political awareness, influenced by the global trend away from colonialism, has brought about political unrest. No one knows what to do about it. Micronesia constitutes a model of the problems primitive [sic.] people face when confronted with the 20th Century." Film "visits all districts including some outer islands and observes the cultural, social, economic, and political conflicts. The old culture, represented by dances, ceremonies, island architecture, and family life in a typical village, is contrasted to the often tawdry facade of the district center, the gleaming luxury hotels, the jet liners, and the local variety of Life in the United States. The old South Seas [sic.] romance comes to life during a trip on a government ship to the outer islands. Appearing in the film are former Secretary of State Dean Rusk [1909-1994]; Ambassador Haydn Williams; Senator Petrus Tun and Representative John Rugulmar of the Congress of Micronesia; Chief Ngirakebou; Chief Tagachilbe; the people of Ngchesar on Babeldup Island [Palau]; Trust Territory officials; and Micronesians from all walks of life [stress added]." Annals of Tourism Research, Oct/Dec'77:73-4.

NOTE: "The two aspects of the Micronesian environment that seem to dominate Micronesian thought are the near-universal scarcity of land and the weather (depending on the location), either in the form of droughts or typhoons. Nearly all of the people of Micronesia have had to adapt to these harsh facts of the envioronment [stress added]. (W.A. Alkire, The Peoples and Cultures of Micronesia, 1972: 5). ... "Micronesian political systems fall into the type generally called chiefdoms. All recognized distinctions of rank based largely on genealogical seniority in a system of ranked matriclans segmented into lineages or other subunits. ... Everywhere, chiefs had some authority over decision making about public labor and resources and control over some kinds of conduct. Chiefly clans generally received some kind of first fruits or other payment, most commonly in return for grants of land made generations ago to more recent immigrants." (James G. Peoples, 1993, Political Evolution in Micronesia. Ethnology, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 17, pp. 4-5). Major islands in Micronesia (from West to East): Northern Marianas, Guam, Belau (Palau), Federated States of Micronesia (Yap, Chuk [Truk], Ponape, and Kosrae), Marshall Islands, Kiribiti (formerly Gilbert Islands), Tuvalu (formerly Ellice Islands), and Nauru.

2002 = Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands: population of 77,311 (and last year it was 69,398 and in 1997 it was 53,552, in 1996 it was 43,345). CoNM extends over a 300 mile archipelago and totals approximately 189 square miles.

2002 = Guam: population of 160,796 (and last year it was 151,716 and in 1997 it was 160,595, in 1996 it was 149,620). It is an island of 217 square miles.

2003 = Republic of Palau: population of 19,409 (and last year it was 18,766 and in 1999 it was 18,467, in 1997 it was 18,110 and in 1996 it was 16,661). RoP includes 300 islets, totalling 177 square miles.

2003 = FSM = Federated States of Micronesia: population of 135,869 (and last year it was 133,144 and in 1999 it was 131,500, in 1997 it was 129,658 and in 1996 it was 122,950). FSM includes 807 islands, totalling 271 square miles.

2003 = Republic of the Marshall Islands: population of 73,630 (and last year it was 68,126 and in 1999 it was 65,507, in 1997 it was 63,031 and in 1996 it was 56,157). RoMI totals approximately 70 square miles.

"The Cold War may be over, but in the Marshall Islands its legacy lives on. To win the nuclear arms race with the Soviet Union, the United States conducted 67 above-ground nuclear and thermonuclear weapons tests here in the 1940s and 1950s. For decades, the atomic test victims have fought to secure full compensation for the loss of their homes, healt and loved ones. And most important, for the funds to make their home islands inhabitable again [stress added]." Colin Woodward, 1999, Generations of Fallout From Nuclear Tests. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 7, 1999, pages A10 + A12, page A10.

AND ELSEWHERE IN THE PACIFIC: "The International Atomic Energy Agency has confirmed fears that the area surrounding France's nuclear test sites in the South Pacific will be contamnated for centuries. ... Several kilograms of deadly plutonium particles are scattered in the sediment of the lagoons at Muroroa and Fongataufa atolls from atmosphere explosions. Radioactive tritium produced by underground tests will migrate from fissures into the lagoons in a few thousand years, according to the French-commissioned study." San Francisco Chronicle, June 27, 1998, page A19.

VIDEO: "One outfit that has been able to penetrate the market is Kentucky Fried Chicken. KFC was actually asked by the enormous Japanese conglomerate MITSUBISHI to participate in a fast food venture. The gesture was not simply hands-across-the-water generosity. Mitsubishi just happens to be the largest chicken grower in Japan. KFC would have had trouble finding enough chicken to fry elsewhere in the country, and imported birds develop skin disease. The partnership has turned out to be mutually rewarding, with Mitsubishi leading the Colonel through the maze of the Japanese bureaucracy, and KFC netting a solid profit."

VIDEO: Japan is the 2nd largest consumer market; Loy Weston, Chairman, KFC/Japan. ... Basic Operations Training (BOT) + On Job Training (OJT); Quality, Service, & Cleanliness. FILM: ADAPTATION. 3 A's = Authenticity, American, Aristocratic. ... Success = Japanese partners + long-range views + needs and expectations of consumers. ... "The company that refuses to adapt will invariably fail, as many have; the company that does adapt can flourish."

VIDEO: Importance of ritual and tradition combined with long-term planning and "adaptation" to the local environment.

PLEASE REMEMBER THE FOLLOWING IMPORTANT WORDS: "The unit of survival [or adaptation] is organism plus environment. We are learning by bitter experience that the organism which destroys its environment destroys itself." Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind, 1972: 483.

"McDonald's Japan, currently with 1,688 stores nationwide [in Japan], is opening another 500 this year alone. ...in 2006, it plans to have no fewer than 10,000 stores throughout the country [of Japan!]. ... McDonald's Corp. of the United States owns 50 percent of McDonald's Japan, and the expansion is part of the parent company's worldwide plan to add as many as 3,200 units this year and next to its 18,000 restaurants. ... Kentucky Fried Chicken has more than 1,000 outlets nationwide [in Japan].... [stress added]" (Michelle Magee, "Big Mac Attack In Japan" in The San Francisco Chronicle, July 6, 1996, pages D1 and D6).

"The arrival of McDonald's in Japan helped change the eating habits of a nation--wooing rice lovers to burgers and fries, making fast food a part of everyday life and marking the birth of a business empire. ... The company is aiming for 5 percent of Japan's restaurant market, up from 2 percent. It plans to add 10,000 locations to its current 3,700 by [the year] 2010 [stress added]." Yuri Kagemaya, 2001, Fast-food Chains Feed Japanese Market. The Sacramento Bee, July 24, 2001, page D2.

IS THIS TRUE?} "No two countries that both had McDonald's had fought a war against each other since each got its McDonald's." Thomas L. Friedman, 1999, The Lexus And The Olive Tree, (NY: Farrar Straus Giroux), page 195.

"The first McDonald's restaurant oepened in Japan in 1971. ... McDonald's is so [now] entrenched in Japanese life and so widely imitated that it's no longer an American institution. 'Kids now think McDonald's is Japanese food....'" [AND] "For decades, Japan had the healthiest diet of any developed country. That is changing, as the young and affluent shun traditional foods for hamburgers, pizza and French cuisine. ... More than a quarter of the Japanese diet now consists of fat...a five-fold increase since World War II. That remains below the 40 percent or so of fat content in the American diet. But it is enough to cause alarm as the Japanese find themselves getting heavier, and rates of diabetes climbing skyward [stress added]." Don Finley, 2002, Obesity gaining in the land of the setting sun. San Francisco Chronicle, December 22, 2002, page F1.

"A zaibatsu means quite literally a 'financial clique'--zai batsu--or as it evolved, a family-dominated holding company, whereas the word keiretsu describes a lineage or a group arranged in vertical order--a group which since World War II has come to revolve around its bank and trading company (page 4). ... a keiretsu is a business cartel composed of a dominant Japanese manufacturer and its major suppliers." Robert L. Kearns, 1992, ZAIBATSU America: How Japanese Firms Are Colonizing Vital U.S. Industries, by page 168.

"Women win bias verdict. In a major victory for Japan's working women, a court on Friday upheld a lower court ruling that 12 women had been sexually discriminated against in promotion and pay, ordering their company to pay $1.6 million in damages....The legal battle has long been closely watched in male-dominated Japan as setting a precedent for decisions on sexual discrimination in the workplace." Anon., The Sacramento Bee, December 23, 2000, page A27.

"After 40 years at a Japanese securities company.... Japan's long slump has produced bankruptcies, bank failures, takeovers and joblessness. But one of the most profound changes wrought by a decade of economic pain often is overlooked: the restructuring of the individual. When the 1990s began, individuals didn't count for much in Japan. The nail that sticks up gets pounded down, it was said. Promises of lifetime employment and a tidy pension kept corporate soldiers in line. ... Years of stagnation have planted deep doubts about all that. One by one, the institutions that Japanese have depended upon have come into question....[stress added]." Yumiko Ono & Bill Spindle, 2000, Japan's Long Rise Makes One Thing Rise: Individualism. The Wall Street Journal, December 29, 2000, pages A1 and A4, page A1.

"Japan's slump prods longtime housewives into the work force - After her spouse's company fails, Ms. Torii sets out to become a hotel clerk. Yumiko Ono, 2001, The Wall Street Journal, March 26, 2001, page 1.

"In the shadow's of Tokyo's futuristic skyscrapers, there are tent cities with hundreds of permanently homeless men. Mother Teres's nuns have set up a soup kitchen in the second richest nation on Earth. The economy is shrinking, and the official unemployment rate has risen to 5%, highest in a generation." Tim larimer, 2002, Inside The Outsider. Time, September 17, 2001, pages 34-36, page 34.

"In the early years of this century the house of Sa'ud emerged from the desert to conquer the greatest part of the Arabian peninsula, and they called the empire they created after themselves: Sa'udi Arabia. They control the Kingdom to this day." Robert Lacey, 1981, The Kingdom: Arabia & The House of Sa'ud, page 13.

NOTE: On August 8, 1996, The Wall Street Journal had the following} "Saudi Arabia's problems include continuing budget deficits, government debt that went from zero to over $100 billion in a decade and a population that is expanding so fast that unemployment is soaring. There is a pressing need to cut spending...." (page A6].

NOTE FROM JUNE 2000: "Rising Poverty Is New Concern for Saudis. Booming Population Forces The Oil-Rich Kingdom To Address Resentment. ... As Saudi Arabia tries to address Riyadh's problems, it is coming to terms with a reality that hasn't registered with most Americans yet: This isn't a rich country anymore. Gross domestic product, per capita, has dwindled to one-fifth of the U.S's. The Saudi population is growing rapidly, but oil production remains roughly the same every year and the country hasn't diversified much [stress added]." Daniel Pearl, 2000, The Wall Street Journal, 26 June 2000, page A26.

NOTE FROM JULY 2000: "Thing normally slow down in Riyadh in July. The sun is so intense that the pavement in the Saudi capital turns spongy and the air conditioning in the big American cars plying the streets can't cool them. But this summer, there's a new buzz of urgency. After decades of assuming that having the world's largest oil reserves was a guarantee of prosperity, the Saudi's are finally waking up." Stanley Reed, 2000, Saudi Arabia, Business Week, July 31, 2000, pages 70-74, page 70.

ADDITIONAL BACKGROUND: "In the Middle East, as elsewhere, geography and ecology have been among the important architects of history" (Ismail I. Nawab et al., 1980, Aramco And Its World: Arabia And The Middle East, page 4).

FIVE PILLARS OF ISLAM: Fasting, Declaration of Faith, Daily Prayers, Charity, and a pilgrimage (hajj) to Mecca.

VIDEO: "The internal tensions of this kingdom in transition since the oil boom of the mid 1960's and the reforms of KING FAISAL are probed in this overview of a country that is changing practically day-to-day. Everywhere are images of the often bizarre collisions between Muslim orthodoxy and the demands of modernization. In this, the world's richest oil-producing country, the majority of the people are land-poor fellahin; 92% of them are illiterate. They till the soil with crude implements unchanged for a thousand years. Some of their countrymen, however, train on the latest jet fighters, and cavalry men of the Saudi army churn up the desert on their world famous Arabian ponies while practising their traditional saber-wielding skills."

"Saudi Arabia: ... Women here are not allowed to drive cars or fly anywhere without permission. They can work only in segregation from men and must cover themselves when in public or in the presence of the opposite sex." Time, December 3, 2001, page 56.

VIDEO: Four faces of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: Soil, Sea, City, & Wanderer; "Before Muhammad [570-632], Arabia was divided among numerous warring tribes and small kingdoms and was at times dominated by larger Arabian and non-Arabian kingdoms. It was united for the first time by Mohammed, in the early 7th century AD. His successor conquered the entire Near East and North Africa, bringing Islam and the Arabic language. The World Almanac And Book of Facts 1997, page 815.

VIDEO: Out in the desert, in a Bedouin (nomad) family's hovel, the master's several wives remain veiled and totally submissive. Elsewhere liberated women emulate the dress and habits of those in the West and attend schools and universities. Faisal encouraged the growth of these segregated schools for women, against the advice of many. ...Women in Saudi Arabia may take any job, as long as they are not seen. ...King Faisal, absolute ruler until his assassination in 1975, kneels in devout prayer five times a day like any of the Muslim faithful."

NOTE: "The word 'Bedouin' comes from the French version of the Arabic word badawi (plural, badu) which means simply desert dweller. It is an accurate term but used only by townsmen. They refer to themselves, simply and proudly, as 'Arabs.' Bedouin life evolved from the demands of a harsh environment. The constant and compelling need for water and pasturage...." (Ismail I. Nawab et al., 1980, Aramco And Its World: Arabia And The Middle East, page 130). ... "Saudi Arabia is the cradle of Islam. The Prophet Muhammad preached the new religion 1,400 years ago, vanquished Mecca and Medina, and spread the faith throughout Arabia.... .PAN AM'S World Travel Guide,p.467-472.

IN CALIFORNIA DECEMBER 2000: "As California's religious and ethnic transformation intensifies, so do the collisions between traditional beliefs and American-style law enforcement. ... The Muslim mother who was caught without her hijab wishes...police had better understood her culture when she was arrested in June 1998.... [stress added]." Lisa Fernandez, The Sacramento Bee, December 13, page B4.

---

WEEK 14: BEGINNING April 28, 2003

I. ALMOST OVER & WINDING DOWN.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2000, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Domestication and the Evolution of Disease" by Jared Diamond, pages 144-157.
"Identity, Roles, and Groups" [Overview] [repeat], pages 248-252.
"Using Anthropology" [repeat] by David W. McCurdy, pages 415-427.

III.PLEASE CONTINUE READING EARTH ABIDES BY GEORGE R. STEWART.

IV. BACK TO THE PACIFIC: FILM} THE LAST TASMANIAN (and see http://www.tas.gov.au/tasfaq/history/who-text.html and again, if you wish: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Pacific/Tasmania.html.

REMEMBER from Week 6: "It spotlights a shameful recent chapter of Australian history, when racist kidnappings were part of that country's official policy, yet 'Rabbit-Proof Fence' turns this dubious past into a breathtaking story of defiance and triumph that has to be considered one of the year's most sublime films. Direcotr Phillip Noyce based his movie on the lives of three Aboriginal girls who, in 1931, escaped from their captors into a shaky freedom that required them to traverse more than 1,000 miles.... Between 1910 and 1970, the Austrtalian government targeted mixed-race Aboriginal children in the outback and took themn to reorientation centers. There they were forced to speak English, attend Chburch and learn 'skills' they would use as servants and laborers for white people. One hundred thousand Aboriginal children were taken this way from their parents, according to an Australian government report released in 1997 [stress added]." Jonathan Curiel, 2002, Following the fence to freedom: Aboriginal girls' escape makes for gripping drama. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 25, 2002, pages D1 + D9.

"One of the more consequential human tendencies that we have explored in these pages is that towards pseudospeciation: falsely treating another member of our species as if he or she were member of a different species. It is this capacity that allows us to turn off our natural identification with other members of our species and so be able to kill them. Its power and consequence have been very evident in recent years in a variety of locales, from the Balkans to Rwanda. It is difficult to brutalize and kill human beings, but it is not so hard to commit atrocities against 'Gooks,' 'Niggers.' 'Honkies,' 'Spics,' 'Micks,' 'Nips,' 'Krauts,' or other creatures we have used language to dehumanize. Clearly this ability to engage in pseudospeciation is a major part of the basis for warfare [stress added]." Robert S. McElvaine, 2001, Eve's Seed: Biology, the Sexes, and the Course of History (NY: McGraw-Hill), pages 284-285

NATURAL SELECTION: "The process of differential survival and reproduction that results in changes in gene frequencies and in the characteristics that the genes encode."(Paul W. Ewald, 1994, Evolution of Infectious Disease, page 220.

"Nature always bats last." Joel Salatin in "Down On This Farm The Times They Are A-Changing" by Virginia Shepherd, July 2000, Smithsonian, pages 64-72, page 68.

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

NAIVE REALISM: The notion that reality is much the same for all people everywhere.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

"European treatment of Aborigines during the last 200 years has been grossly unjust, but it was in Tasmania during the first 30 years of European settlement that the Aboriginals' plight was the most tragic. European settlers fenced off all the best land for farms, and as they encrouched upon traditional hunting grounds, the Aboriginals began fighting back. In turn, the settlers hunted and shot down the Aboriginal men as they would animals, kidnapped native children to use as slave labor, and raped and tortured the women. In 1828 Governor Arthur proclaimed a law that gave police the right to shoot Aboriginals on sight. Within a couple of years the entire population had been flushed out from settled districts, and over the following five years the remaining stragglers, numbering less than 200, were transported to Flinders Island to be converted to Christians [stress added]." Marael Johnson et al., 1997, Australia Handbook (Chico: Moon Publications), page 598.

"Like all other forms of life, bacteria and viruses evolve over time, and the complex ways in which they react with their human hosts may give to variable virulence [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 207.

REMEMBER (?) FROM WEEK TWO:

"Les Eyzies is the normal point of first entry for visitors to the land of prehistory. It has a national museum, the cave where Cro-Magnon man was discovered, and much else--all in the midst of spectacular scenery. ... The National Museum of Prehistory lies within Les Eyzies, in a structure built into the side of a cliff, with overhanging rock above, which was originally a thirteenth-century fortress. It houses a rich collection of prehistoric items, not only from the Dordogne but also from other French archaeological sites...." Charles Tanford & Jacqueline Reynolds, 1992, The Scientific Traveller: A Guide to the People, Places, and Institutions of Europe, page 205.

Les Eyzies-De-Tayax-Sireuil = "The science of prehistory originated in this village....The first drawing of a mammoth was discovered here along with the first skeleton of Cro-Magnon Man, 30,000 years ago." Anon., 1988, The Hachette Guide To France (NY: Pantheon Books), page 111.

"The Dordogne River twisted in loops like a brown snake in the valley it had cut hundreds of thousands of years before." Michael Crichton, 1999, Timeline (Ballantine Books November 2000 Paperback), page 43.

"In 1856, at the very time Charles Darwin was writing The Origin of Species [published in 1859!],which would popularize the revolutionary concept of evolution worldwide, the fossilized remains of a stocky, powerful, human-like creature were discovered in a German valley called Neander Tal." Erik Trinkaus and Pat Shipman, 1993, The Neanderthals: Changing The Image of Mankind .

Tasmania is 26,200 square miles in size and is a State of the Commonwealth of Australia [2,941,300 square miles]. Tasmania had an estimated 1997 population of ~473,500. The 2002 estimated population of Australia is 19,546,792. The capital of Tasmania is Hobart. The State of California is approximately 163,696 Square Miles, the State of West Virginia is approximately 24,230 square miles, and Costa Rica is approximately 19,600 square miles. [See The World Almanac And Book of Facts 2003, page 760+]

The potential of British-French rivalry in Australia prompted the British in Australia (where they had established a convict colony in 1788) to send a ship to Tasmania. On December 14, 1802, while Frenchmen were already on Tasmania, the British raised their flag and took formal possession of Tasmania in the name of King George of England.

"When Tasmania was first colonised the natives were roughly estimated by some at 7000 and by others at 20,000. Their number was soon greatly reduced, chiefly by fighting with the English and with each other. After the famous hunt by all the colonists, when the remaining natives delivered themselves up to the government, they consisted only of 120 individuals,* who were in 1832 transported to Flinders Island. This island, situated between Tasmania and Australia, is forty miles long, and from twelve to eighteen miles broad: it seems healthy, and the natives were well treated. Nevertheless, they suffered greatly in health. In 1834 they consisted (Bonwick, p. 250) of forty-seven adult males, forty-eight adult females, and sixteen children, or in all of 111 souls. In 1835 only one hundred were left. As they continued rapidly to decrease, and as they themselves thought that they should not perish so quickly elsewhere, they were removed in 1847 to Oyster Cove in the southern part of Tasmania. They then consisted (Dec. 20th, 1847) of fourteen men, twenty-two women and ten children.*(2) But the change of site did no good. Disease and death still pursued them, and in 1864 one man (who died in 1869), and three elderly women alone survived. The infertility of the women is even a more remarkable fact than the liability of all to ill-health and death. At the time when only nine women were left at Oyster Cove, they told Mr. Bonwick (p. 386), that only two had ever borne children: and these two had together produced only three children! (* All the statements here given are taken from The Last of the Tasmanians, by J. Bonwick, 1870. * This is the statement of the Governor of Tasmania, Sir W. Denison, Varieties of Vice-Regal Life, 1870, vol. 1, p.67.). [stress added]." Charles Darwin (1871), The Descent of Man)

"Wherever the European has trod, death seems to pursue the aboriginal. We may look to the wide extent of the Americas, Polynesia, the Cape of Good Hope, and Australia, and we find the same result. Nor is it the white man alone that acts as the destroyer; the Polynesian of Malay extraction has in parts of the East Indian archipelago, thus driven before him the dark-coloured native. The varieties of man seem to act on each other in the same way as different species of animals--the stronger always extirpating the weaker [stress added]." Charles R. Darwin [1809-1882], 1839, The Voyage of the Beagle (Chapter 19: "Australia"), 1972 Bantam paperback edition (with "Introduction" by Walter Sullivan), page 376.

October 17, 1995: "...the premier [of Tasmania], Ray Groom, announced that he would introduce legislation to transfer 3800 hectares [~9390 acres] of land to the Tasmanian Aborigines. ... The Premier stressed that this was the government's first and final transfer of land to the Tasmanian Aborigines." Lyndall Ryan, 1996, The Aboriginal Tasmanians [2nd edition] (Australia: Allen & Unwin), page 310.

"The Tasmanian Aboriginal population was gradually wiped out with the arrival of Europeans in the 19th century, however more than 4,000 people [~.84% of the population] claim Aboriginality in Tasmania today. Evidence of their link with the landscape has survived in numerous cave paintings. Many Aboriginal sites remain sacred and closed to visitors, but a few, such as the cliffs around Woolnorth [in the extreme northwest of Tasmania], display this indigenous art for all to see [stress added]." Zoë Ross [Managing Editor], 1998, Australia (Dorling Kindersley Publishing, Inc.), page 445. 

ADDITIONAL NOTES: The term "genocide" was first used by Raphael Lemkin [1900-1949] in his 1944 publication entitled Axis Rule in Occupied Europe: "By genocide we mean the destruction of a nation or of an ethnic group." Lemkin combined a Greek and Latin root to create the word. On the 1986 Nobel Peace Prize Winner Elie Wiesel: "But because of his telling, many who did not care to believe have come to believe, and some who did not care have come to care. He tells the story out of infinite pain, partly to honor the dead, but also to warn the living--to warn the living that it could happen again and that it must never happen again. Better that one heart be broken a thousand times in the retelling, he has decided, if it means that a thousand other hearts need not be broken at all." Robert McAfee Brown, 1986, Night (NY: Bantam Edition), page vi.

---

WEEK 15: BEGINNING May 5, 2003

I. ALMOST OVER & WINDING DOWN!!

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook (and you are supposed to be reading Earth Abides by George R. Stewart!
"Body Art as Visual Language" by Enid Schildkraut, pages 70-77.
"New Americans: The Road to Refugee Resettlement" by Diana Shandy, pages 290-299.

III. CHANGE AS THE NATURAL / CULTURAL ORDER OF THINGS
A. Remember some words from the first Week?

"In a way, looking back at the past 20 years is like going to your high school reunion: Everyone there looks somewhat the same, but everything has completely changed. Twenty years ago, only doctors had pagers, there were no cell phones, no personal computers, no ATM machines, no Internet, no Starbucks. San Francisco looked like a smaller Manhattan, and San Jose looked like a smaller Los Angeles." San Francisco Chronicle, May 30, 1999, page 1.

B. Exploration/Exploitation:

"No one has ever doubted that Columbus attained South America (although not until 1498), and he did trace along Central America in 1502. But no scholar of history has ever claimed that he did discover North America. His real contribution was to prove the reliability of the Atlantic trade winds, which had been discovered in previous decades by the Portuguese and others exploring for islands [stress added]." James R. Enterline, 2002, Erikson, Eskimos & Columbus: Medieval European Knowledge of America (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press), page 215.

"When Columbus set sail from Spain in 1492, he speculated that his fastest route to the gold and spices of the Orient was west by sea. After 33 days of sailing, Columbus was within sight of land and assumed he was approaching Asia. He had no idea that the Carribean island before him was the doorstep to two 'unknown' continents. Neither Columbus nor the islands inhabitants who greeted him could have predicted the global consequences of the encounter that began that day. Seeds of Change [video and 1991 book] commemorates the 500th anniversary of Columbus's voyage by focusing on the exchange of plants, animals, and peoples that resulted. Five 'seeds'--corn, potatoes, diseases, horses, and sugar--form the core of this exhibition which tells the story of 500 years of encounter and exchange" [stress added] (1991 Smithsonian Institution brochure).

C. Native Americans and Continuous Culture Change and Cahokia, Illinois.

"People create their own pasts by acknowledging what they choose to acknowledge. In the 1960 U.S. census -- the first that allowed people to classify themselves by racial category -- just over 500,000 people identified themselves as Native Americans. By the 1980 census more than 1.4 million said they were Native Americans. And in the 2000 census, which for the first time allowed people to identify themselves as belonging to one race, more than 4 million Americans marked 'Native American' on their census forms [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 206.

"Why Was Cahokia Abandoned? No other issue in scholarly circles is thornier than the question of Cahokia's abandonment. Why did the Mississippians leave this splendid constellation of mounds, buildings, plazas, council houses, lodges, palisades, and woodhenges behind them? Why does the site show no signs of human habitation from 1400 to about 1650, when Illini Indians moved into the area? Did circumstances foce the Mississippians to leave, or did they choose to take advantage of better resources in another place? Until new evidence is uncovered, we might content ourselves with a simple answer: we do not know why Cahokia was abandoned. But .... Climactic changes and environmental stress? ... Deforestation and an unintended suicide? ... Nutritional stress? ... Health and sanitation problems? ... Conflict? [stress added]." Sally A. Kitt Chappel, 2002, Cahokia: Mirror of the Cosmos (University of Chicago Press), pages 71-74.

"Had we been able to visit the coast of California between 5000 and 400 years ago we would have seen a remarkable sight. We could have wandered into large, permanent villages, some perhaps consisting of a thousand or more people. There we would have found a ruling elite, a working class, ritual specialists and skilled craftsmen and women, as well as extensive evidence of trade. While this kind of society may seem familiar, the thing that made the Californias special was that nowhere around these towns would you have seen fields or pasture. All of this social complexity was generated in the absence of agriculture [stress added]." Tim Flannery, 2001, The Eternal Frontier: An Ecological History of North America And Its People (NY: Atlantic Monthly Press), pages 239-240.

D. http://www.ota.gov/nativea.html [Native American Indian issues] and contemporary Native American Nations
E. Columbus and Discoveries [http://www.millersv.edu/~columbus/mainmenu.html]
F. FROM: The Sacramento Bee, April 27, 2001: "City from 2600 B.C. was ahead of its time. Researchers investigating a long-ignored Peruvian archaeological site say they have determined that it is the oldest city in the Americas, with a complex, highly structured society that flourished at the same time the pyramids were being built in Egypt. ... The 4,600 year old city....[stress added]."

IV. EVOLUTIONARY PERSPECTIVE AND THE FUTURE
A. VIDEO: GOING INTERNATIONAL #4: Welcome Home Stranger (Please see Going International #4
B. Continuing To Place Things in Perspective & Into The Future!

"...organisms, and their microbial cousins, have an influence on life that is wholly disproportionate to their dimensions and invisibility. First, consider the difference in size between some of the very tiniest and the very largest creatures on earth. A small bacterium weighs as little as 0.000000000001 grams. A blue whale weighs about 100,000,000 grams. Yet a bacterium can kill a whale." Bernard Dixon, 1994, Power Unseen: How Microbes Rule The World, page xvii.

V.REMEMBER:
A. EXAM III for ANTH 13-02 (Butte Hall 319) MWF 12->12:50pm is on WEDNESDAY May 21, 2003 from 12->1:50pm and for ANTH 13-01 (Ayres Hall 106) MWF 8am->8:50am is on FRIDAY May 23, 2003 from 8am->9:50am.
B. Potential EXAM III Test Questions below
C. Map for EXAM III below: EXAM III (30% of your final grade) will consist of a World Map, Multiple-Choice, True/False, and a single (multi-part) Essay Question based on Earth Abides.

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regularl cyclical rites.

REDISTRIBUTION: The transfer of goods and services between a group of people and a central collecting service based on role obligation. The U.S. income tax is a good example.

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION: The ranking of people or groups of based on their unequal access to valued economic resources and prestige.

SUBSISTENCE STRATEGIES: Strategies that are used by groups of people to exploit their environment for material necessities. Hunting and gathering, horticulture, pastoralism, agriculture, and iindustrialism are subsistence strategies.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

"Columbus changed forever the history of the planet. But he did so by connecting two worlds of equal maturity, not by 'discovering' a new one. Knowing this, some find it easy to dismiss European insistence on calling America the New World as nothing more than Eurocentric arrogance. Convinced that Europe was synonymous with civilization, colonizing Europeans failed to see anything of value in Indian civilizations. They regarded Indian people as 'primitive' and viewed the land as virgin wilderness. Like other human beings, they were blind to much of what lay before them and instead took in what they wanted to. In a very real sense, however, America did exists as a new world for Europeans. America was more than just a place; it was a second opportunity for humanity--a chance, after the bloodlettings and the pogroms, the plagues and the famines, the political and religious wars, the social and economic upheavals, for Europeans to get it right this time. In the beginning, the American dream was a European dream, and it exerted emotional and motivational power for generations" [stress added]." Colin G. Galloway, 1997, New Worlds For All: Indians, Europeans, and the Remaking of Early America, page 10.

"In 1589 the Jesuit scholar José de Acosta, who lived and traveled widely in South America, proposed that native Americans were descended from people who had migrated from Siberia. More than four hundred years later, Acosta's idea has held up pretty well. Perhaps 75 million people were living in North and South America when Columbus reached the New World in 1492. Most, perhaps all, of their ancestors have been shown to be people from Asia who made their way across what is today the bering Strait. The questions--and the controversies--lie entirely in the details. The single most contentious question concerns the dates of these migrations [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 195-196.  

"People create their own pasts by acknowledging what they choose to acknowledge. In the 1960 U.S. census -- the first that allowed people to classify themselves by racial category -- just over 500,000 people identified themselves as Native Americans. By the 1980 census more than 1.4 million said they were Native Americans. And in the 2000 census, which for the first time allowed people to identify themselves as belonging to one race, more than 4 million Americans marked 'Native American' on their census forms [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 206.

On the Mashantucker Pequot: "The Pequot War of 1636-37 paved the way for the establishment of English hegemony in southern New England." Alfred A. Cave, 1996, The Pequot War (U Mass press), page 1.

"The Spanish and French who first saw these hillocks found it difficult to believe them to be the deliberate creations of mankind. They were so much larger than any work of architecture known to them. The entire facade of the Palace of the Louvre, in Paris, can fit easily within the space surrounded by the D-shaped earthen rings at Povery Point, Louisiana, built at the same time as Stonehenge. The Papal Basilica of St. Peter in Rome, complete with its plaza and gardens, could be placed within the circular embankement at Watson Brake [Louisiana], which is probably at least a thousand years older than Poverty Point [stress added]." Roger G. Kennedy, 1996, Hidden Cities: The Discovery And Loss of Ancient North American Civilization , page 8.

"The pucará [fortress] of Sascahuamán [in Perú, South America] is not only one of the greatest single structures ever built in preliterate America, but it is also unlike its counterparts in that we know the identity of its architects, who gave their names to the three gateways to the fortress. …'The first and principal one was Huallpu Rimanchi Inca, who designed the general plan…. [citing Garcilasco de la Vega, born in Cuzco, Perú, in 1535]. … The fortress was built into a limestone outcrop 1,800 feet long, and formed of three tiers of walls rising to fifty feet high. … The precise Inca records, as revealed in their quipus, state that '20,000 labourers, in continuous relays', worked for sixty-eight years to build Sascahuamán [stress added]." Victor Wolfgang von Hagen, 1976, The Royal Road of the Inca (London: Gordon Cremonesi Ltd), page 93.

"The truth about California Indians isn't pleasant. Driven from the land that sustained them, decimated by unfamiliar diseases, they were hunted to near-extinction during the Gold Rush. Once estimated at 300,000, only 15,000 remained by the 1900 census. Almost 95 percent of the original population had vanished." Anon., July 7, 2002, Native California still determined to set historical record straight [stress added]." The Chico Enterprise-Record, page 1D.

"Ishi is in the news again, and again his story is a poignant reflection of our society. Ishi's saga begins in the 1860s. White settlers in this area had either enslaved, murdered, or expelled the Maidu [Native Americans] from the valley, but had not yet subdued the Yahi, who were protected by the remote and tortuous terrain of Deer and Mill Creek canyons, and could survive on the limited resources of that area supplemented with goods gathered on occasional raids of the settlers' ranches. These raids were met with retaliatory attacks, and violence escalated. In 1862, three white children were killed, and in response the settlers resolved to destroy the entire native population. The genocide of the Yahi was ferocious and absolute. ... By 1870 the Yahi population, once in the hundreds, was five. For the next 41 years this small group hid themselves along Dear Creek. In 1911, the last survivor [subsequently named], Ishi, reappeared in the white man's world, ironically at a slaughterhouse [stress added]." Tim Bousquet, The Chico News & Review, June 12, 1997, Vol. 20, No. 46, page 8. And please see: Theodora Kroeber, 1961, Ishi In Two Worlds: A Biography of the Last Wild Indian in North America (Berkeley: UC Press).

"...the bloody years of Yana history: 1850-1872. It was in the early 'sixties that the whole white population of the Sacramento Valley was in an uproar of rage and fear over the murder of five white children by hill Indians--probably Yahi. But the soberly estimated numbers of kidnappings of Indian children by whites in California to be sold as slaves or kept as cheap help was, between the years 1852 and 1867, from three to four thousand; evey Indian woman, girl, and girl-child was potentially and in thousands of cases actually subject to repeated rape, to kidnapping, and to prostitution. Prostitution was unknown to aboriginal California, as were the venereal diseases which accounted for from forty to as high as eighty per cent of Indian deaths during the first twenty years following the gold rush [stress added]." Theodora Kroeber, 1961, Ishi In Two Worlds: A Biography of the Last Wild Indian in North America (Berkeley: UC Press), page 46.

STATEMENT about ISHI from Dr. Saxton Pope: "[Ishi] looked upon us as sophisticated children--smart, but not wise. We knew many things, and much that is false. He knew nature, which is always true. His were the qualities of character that last forever. He was kind; he had courage and self-restraint, and though all had been taken from him, there was no bitterness in his heart. His soul was that of a child, his mind that of a philosopher [stress added]." From: James Freeman, 1992, Ishi's Journey: From The Center to the Edge of the World (Happy Camp, CA: Naturegraph), back cover.

NOTE ELSEWHERE / ELSEWHEN: "There are various estimated and several arguments about the social, cultural, and physical damage caused by the 1838 [Cherokee] removal. The main portions of all five tribes were uprooted and the people became socially disoriented, their town and clan organizations disrupted. ... How many Cherokees and their slaves died? The answer is a mystery, enhanced, complicated by decades. In the detention camps, from three hundred to two thousand died, depending on the authority accepted; on the trail, from five hundred to two thousand. In other words, the answer is a combined total of between eight hundred and four thousand." John Ehle, 1988, Trail of Tears: The Rise And Fall Of The Cherokee Nation (NY: Anchor), page 390.

"What do the Indian nations of Arizona, California, Connecticut, Minnesota, Oregon, Washington and several other states have now that they did not have 15 years ago? The answer is political clout. ... According to Bill Eadington, a specialist in gambling economics at the University of Nevada-Reno, by the end of the decade the Indian casinos in California will be raking in $5.1 billion to $10.3 billion a year in gambling revenues. He said about half of this will be profits. The $5.1 billion figure is still higher than the income generated by the entire Las Vegas strip casinos [stress added]." Tim Giago, 2000, Jury Still Out On Indian Gaming's Impact. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 30, 2000, page 5.

NOTE on the Mashantucket Pequot Tribe: "The tiny Mashantucket Pequot tribe--grown wealthy by casino profits--is putting the finishing touches on a $135 million museum that resurrects a nearly forgotten past. The Mashantucket Pequot Museum and Research Center, which celebrates the lives of American Indians of southeastern Connecticut, open Aug. 11 [1998]. The 308,000-square-foot complex is set on the tribe's reservation, also home to the Foxwoods Resort Casino. ... The money to build the museum comes from the tribe's casino.... The Pequot tribe, which has about 400 members, got assistance from about 50 other tribes, from helping to reproduce artifacts to sharing oral histories and providing original artwork." Anon., 1998, The Washington Post, August 4, 1998, page C10.

ALSO NOTE FROM JUNE 2002: "...the 315,000-square-foot Mohegan Sun casino complex is the second largest in the nation behind nearby Foxwoods...." Kitty Bean Yancey, 2002, Many stars orbit Mohegan Sun. USA Today, June 24, 2002, page 2D. 

"The city [of Bridgeport, Connecticut] signed a contract with the Golden Hill Paugussett tribe to help it locate a site for a casino in exchange for the tribe handing over some gambling revenue and dropping land claims. The tribe must win federal recognition from the U.S. Bureau of indian Affairs to open a casino. A decision is expected next month." Anon., 2002, USAToday, December 20, 2002, page 25A.

"Imagine a California with 40 or more Foxwood-sized gaming facilities, many lining the thoroughfares leading from Southern California to the Nevada border, each aggressively wooing the millions of customers from the population centers of Anaheim and San Diego to the gambling meccas of Las Vegas, Reno, Stateline, and Laughlin. That's the doomsday prediction of some gaming observers watching the action in California.... [stress added]" (Matt Connor, 1998, "Nevada's Bad California Dream" in International Gaming & Wagering Business, July 1998, page 1, pages 26-31, page 1 and 26).

"All best are off as tribes, state [of California] revisit casino pacts [in 2003] ...The numbers are daunting: 61 tribes with compacts now, 50 of them operating casinos; more than a dozen additional tribes that want compacts; and a part of what has become a $5 billion-a-year business. ... Because tribes are sovereign governments, city and county officials have very little authority over Indian casinos, or their impacts on traffice, water and sewer systems, air quality, and police and fire services [stress added]." Steve Wiegand, The Sacramento Bee, December 22, 2002, pages A1 + A17.

"Corning, Tehama County -- The Paskenta Band of Nomlaki Indians is looking to hire more than 400 people in preparation of the planned June opening of the Rolling Hills Casino. The tribe will host job fairs in Red Bluff and Corning in April. ... While the exterior of the 70,000-square-foot casino is nearly complete, landscaping and interior works still needs to be finished. The casino will feature 650 slot machines, 12 gaming table,s a steakhouse, a buffet, a bakery/deli and a bar. The facility's parking lot will have enough space for 771 vehicles and a waterfall-like display will greet casino-goers as they approach the front door [stress added]." Anon., 2002, The San Francisco Chronicle, January 30, 2002, page A17. 

---

WEEK 16: BEGINNING May 12, 2003

I. CULTURAL DIVERSITY AND REVIEW!

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2002, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook, and you are supposed to be finishing Earth Abides by George R. Stewart!
""Using Anthropology" [repeat] by David W. McCurdy, pages 415-427.
"Career Advice for Anthropology Undergraduates" [repeat] by John T. Omohundro, pages 428-438.

"'The best thing for being sad,' replied Merlyn, beginning to puff and blow, 'is to learn something. That is the only thing that never fails. You may grow old and trembling in your anatomies, you may lie awake at night listening to the disorder of your veins, you may miss your only love, you may see the world about you devastated by evil lunatics, or know your honour trampled in the sewers of baser minds. There is only one thing for it then--to learn. Learn why the world wags and what wags it. That is the only thing which the mind can never exhaust, and never dream of regretting. Learning is the thing for you. Look at what a lot of things there are to learn--pure science, the only purity there is. You can learn astronomy in a lifetime, natural history in three, literature in six. And then, after you have exhausted a milliard lifetimes in biology and medicine and theocriticism and geography and history and economics--why, you can start to make a cartwheel out of the appropriate wood, or spend fifty years learning to begin to learn to beat your adversary at fencing. After that you can start again on mathematics, until it is time to learn to plough [stress added].'" E.B. White [1899-1985], 1939, The Once And Future King (1967 G.P. Putnam edition), page 183.

III. CULTURE CHANGE AND APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY
A. What is Change? and How does Change take place?
B. What is Creativity? and The Global Society (Continued)

Isaac Asimov (1920-1992)} "What is lacking in a teenager is not intelligence or reasoning ability, but merely experience." Janet Jeppson Asimov, 2002, Isaac Asimov: It's Been a Good Life (NY: Prometheus Books), page 125.

IV. FOR INFORMATION
A. The Applied Anthropology Computer Network (http://www.acs.oakland.edu/~dow/anthap.html)
B. http://www.janegoodall.org/ [Jane Goodall].
C. http://www.uacg.org/ [United Anglers of Casa Grande, Petaluma, CA]

On the hatchery at Adobe Creek, California: "The hatchery was dedicated on April 25, 1993, as students unfurled their banner: 'Together we will change the world' [from the United Anglers of Casa Grande high School, Petaluma, CA.] [stress added]." SEE: Malcolm McConnel, 1999, Miracle at Adobe Creek. The Reader's Digest, Vol. 154, No. 924, pages 78-84, page 84.

"Chimps in Peril. Famed naturalist Jane Goodall issued a warning that chimpanzees across central Africa are coming under a grave threat due to commercial hunting, wars and increased logging in the region. She told reporters that new logging roads allow the hunters to now go deep into the forest where they kill the primates and shop their smoked meat off to be eaten in exotic restaurrants. Goodall warned that the entire chimp population across 21 African nations has declined from about 2 million a century ago to 220,000 today. 'Because they are very slow breeders and give birth only at five-year intervals, the species could be on its way to extinction if nothing is done to protect the animals and their habitat,' Goodall said [stress added]." Earthweek: A Diary of the Planet, by Steve Newman, The San Francisco Chronicle, July 7, 2001, page A4.

"Robben Island was used at various times between the 17th and the 20th century as a prison, a hospital for socially unacceptable groups, and a military base. Its buildings, and in particular those of the late 20th century, such as the maximum security prison for political prisoners, bear witness to the triumph of democracy and freedom over oppression and racialism."http://whc.unesco.org/sites/916.htm [Robben Island, South Africa} 1999]

"My reasons for hope are fourfold: (1) the human brain; (2) the resilience of nature; (3) the energy and enthusiasm that is found or can be found or can be kindled among young people worldwide; and (4) the indomitable human spirit [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 233.

V. REMEMBER
A. EXAM III (30%) based on Spradley & McCurdy readings since EXAM II and
B. George R. Stewart's Earth Abides and Guidebook readings and
C. Seventy-Five Specific Terms (cumulative of all terms in previous chapters) below.

"At the end of your life, you will never regret not having passed one more test. not winning one more verdict or not closing one more deal. You will regret time not spent with a husband, a child, a friend or a parent [stress added]." Statement by Barbara Bush. In Alan Ross [Editor], 2001, Speaking of Graduating: Excerpts From Timeless Graduation Speeches (Nashville, TN: Walnut Grove Press), page 136.

VI. AND THE FINAL URBANOWICZ QUOTES FOR SPRING 2003:

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)

and finally

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

AFFINITY: A fundamental principle of relationship linking kin through marriage.

AGRICULTURE: A subsistence strategy involving intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of such means as the plow, irrigation, and fertilizer.

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

BILATERAL (COGNATIC) DESCENT: A rule of descent relating someone to a group of consanguine kin through both males and females.

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their rank.

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

CLASS: A system of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, but permitting individuals to alter their rank.

CONSANGUINITY: The principle of relationship linking individuals by shared ancestry (blood).

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

DESCENT: A Rule of relationship that ties people together on the basis of a reputed common ancestry.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ECONOMIC SYSTEM: The provision of goods and services to meet biological and social wants.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

GRAMMAR: The categories and rules for combining vocal symbols.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

INCEST TABOO: The cultural rule that prohibits sexual intercourse and marriage between specified classes of relatives.

INDUSTRIALISM: A subsistence strategy marked by intensive, mechanized food production and elaborate distribution networks.

INFORMANT: A person who teaches his or her culture to an anthropologist.

INNOVATION: A recombination of concepts from two or more mental configurations into a new pattern that is qualitatively different from existing forms.

KINSHIP: The complex system of social relations based on marriage (affinity) and birth (consanguinity).

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

LAW: The cultural knowledge that people use to settle disputes by means of agents who have recognized authority.

LINEAGE: A kinship group based on a unilineal descent rule that is localized, has some corporate powers, and whose members can trace their actual relationships to each other.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in U.S. Culture.

MARKET ECONOMIES: Economies in which production and exchange are motivated by market factors: price, supply, and demand. Market economies are associated with large societies where impersonal exchange is common.

MARRIAGE: The socially recognized union between a man and a woman that accords legitimate birth status rights to their children.

MATRILINEAL DESCENT: A rule of descent relating a person to a group of consanguine kin on the basis of descent through females only.

MORPHEME: The smallest meaningful category in any language.

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

NAIVE REALISM: The notion that reality is much the same for all people everywhere.

NUCLEAR FAMILY: A family composed of a married couple and their children.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

PATRILINEAL DESCENT: A rule of descent relating consanguine kin in the basis of descent through males only.

PHONEME: The minimal category of speech sounds that signals a difference in meaning.

PHONOLOGY: The categories and rules for forming vocal symbols.

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

POLYANDRY: A form of polygamy in which a woman has two or more husbands at one time.

POLYGAMY: A marriage form in which a person has two or more spouses at one time. Polygyny and polyandry are both forms of polygamy.

POLYGYNY: A form of polygamy in which a man is married to two or more wives at one time.

PRAYER: A petition directed at a supernatural being or power.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regular cyclical rites.

RAMAGE: A cognatic (bilateral) descent group that is localized and holds corporate responsibility.

REDISTRIBUTION: The transfer of goods and services between a group of people and a central collecting service based on role obligation. The U.S. income tax is a good example.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

REVITALIZATION MOVEMENT: A deliberate, conscious effort by members of a society to construct a more satisfying culture.

ROLE: The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses.

SEMANTICS: The categories and rules for relating vocal symbols to their referents.

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events.

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION: The ranking of people or groups of based on their unequal access to valued economic resources and prestige.

SOCIOLINGUISTIC RULES: Rules specifying the nature of the speech community, the particular speech situations within a community, and the speech acts that members use to convey their messages.

SORCERY: The malevolent practice of magic.

SPEECH: The behavior that produces meaningful vocal sounds.

STATUS: A culturally defined position associated with a particular social structure.

SUBSISTENCE STRATEGIES: Strategies that are used by groups of people to exploit their environment for material necessities. Hunting and gathering, horticulture, pastoralism, agriculture, and iindustrialism are subsistence strategies.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

SYMBOL: Anything that humans can sense that is given an arbitrary relationship to its referent.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools and to extract and refine raw materials.

WITCHCRAFT: The reputed activity of people who inherit supernatural force and use it for evil purposes.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

---

WEEK 17: BEGINNING May 19, 2003: FINALS WEEK

1. George R. Stewart was a Professor of: (a) Anthropology at UC Berkeley; (b) English at UC Berkeley; (c) Anthropology at CSU, Chico; (d) English at UC Santa Barbara.

2. Ishi, the "last" of the California Native Americans was "found" in: (a) 1859; (b) 1911; (c) 1929; (d) 1949.

3. The phrase "Trail of tears" referred to in the Guidebook referred to: (a) Tasmanian relocations; (b) the rise & fall of the Cherokee nation; (c) Spanish Missions in California; (d) Ishi's move to San Francisco.

4. When a woman wears a hijab (veil), a Muslim male knows that: (a) she believes in herself; (b) she believes in her family; (c) she believes in her Islamic traditions; (d) all-of-the-above.

5. The islands of Micronesia were discovered in the 16th Century by: (a) American whalers; (b) British warships; (c) Spanish Explorers; (d) Dutch merchants.

6. Agriculture is a subsistence strategy that involves intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of: (a) the plow; (b) irrigation; (c) fertilizer; (d) all-of-the-above.

7. Anthropologists look at various items to create "culture areas" around the world; these include: (a) Language; (b) Mythology; (c) Religion; (d) all-of-the-above.

8. Japan's long slump has produced bankruptcies, bank failures, takeovers and joblessness. But one of the most profound changes wrought by a decade of economic pain often is overlooked: (a) The Emperor is no more; (b) the restructuring of society; (c) the restructuring of the individual; (d) women's rights are worse than ever.

9.The cultural knowledge that people use to settle disputes by means of agents who have recognized authority is called: (a) acculturation; (b) political elections; (c) colonialism; (d) law.

10. According to Jared Diamond, all people exploit and often change their _____. (a) attitudes; (b) biology; (c) culture; (d) natural environments.

11. TRUE FALSE The "city" of Cahokia never had a population over 1,000 individuals.

12. TRUE FALSEThe shared knowledge which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally is known as "Tacit Culture."

13. TRUE FALSE Exogamy means marriage within a designated group.

14. TRUE FALSE Robben Island was used at various times between the 17th and the 20th century as a prison, a hospital for socially unacceptable groups, and a military base.

15. TRUE FALSE According to Jack Weatherford, Uzbeks have created a national identity around their culture hero, Genghis Khan.

16. TRUE FALSE In Japan, a kereitsu describes a lineage or a group in a vertical order.

17. TRUE FALSE Tasmanians entered that island from a land bridge from New Zealand.

18. TRUE FALSE A "Shaman" is defined as a full-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power.

19. TRUE FALSE The complex system of social relations based on marriage (affinity) and birth (consanguinity) is termed kinship.

20. TRUE FALSE François Peron has been described as an early anthropologist.

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTThree.htm by MONDAY May 12, 2003, to assist you in the final examination.

What was Earth Abides all about? Was it well-written? If so, why? If not, why not? According to Urbanowicz, what was the inspiration for the novel? What are the major themes in Earth Abides? Do any similar stories come to mind? What can you state about the future of mankind? What does anthropology contribute to an understanding of Homo sapiens?

What do you think about these words: "When we so blithely use technology to shrink time and distance, is there not an impatience, an arrogance, to it? And, more important, what is the price of that arrogance any time we use the power of technology to dramatically alter the natural world?" And what about the following from C.P. Snow (and can you possibly incorporate some ideas in your final exam)?:

"We should most of us agree, I think, that in the individual life of each of us there is much that, in the long run, one cannot do anything about. Death is a fact--one's own death, the deaths of those one loves. There is much that makes one suffer which is irremediable: one struggles against it all the way, but there is an irremediable residue left. These are facts: they will remain facts as long as man remains man. This is part of the individual condition: call it tragic, comic, absurd or, like some of the best and bravest of people, shrug it off. But it isn't all. One looks outside oneself to other lives, to which one is bound by love, affection, loyalty, obligation: each of those lives has the same irremediable components as one's own; but there are also components that one can help, or that can give one help. It is in this tiny extension of the personality, it is in this seizing on the possibilities of hope, that we become more fully human: it is a way to impove the quality of one's life: it is, for oneself, the beginning of the social condition [stress added]." (C.P. Snow, 1964, The Two Cultures: And A Second Look [New American Library], pp. 71-72)

MAP TO BE USED FOR EXAM III FOR ANTH 13-01 (Ayres Hall 106) on FRIDAY MAY 23, 2003 from 8am->9:50am.

A Short Course In Human Relations:

---

TABLE OF EXCUSES: Please Give Excuse By Number In Order To Save Time:

1. That's the way we've always done it.
2. I didn't know you were in a hurry for it.
3. That's not in my department.
4. No one told me to go ahead.
5. I'm waiting for an OK.
6. How did I know this was different?
7. That's his or her job, not mine.
8. Wait until the boss gets back and ask.
9. I forgot.
10. I didn't think it was very important.
11. I'm so busy I just can't get around to it.
12. I thought I told you.
13. I wasn't hired to do that.

CSU, Chico's Experiential Education program links the University to business, industry, and government by giving students an opportunity to combine classroom study with career related work experience. The program helps students define their educational goals and prepare for their careers by exploring the realities of the working world.

Psychological Counseling & Wellness Center http://www.csuchico.edu/cnts/

Disability Support Services http://www.csuchico.edu/dss/

AND PLEASE GO TO Student Services (http://www.csuchico.edu/misc/studentserv.html), off of the University's Home Page, for these and many more services available to you, the student!

AND REMEMBER: http://www.csuchico.edu/lins/chicorio/ [Chico Rio - Research Instruction On-Line]:

"ChicoRIO is a series of Web based, self-paced lessons designed to help you learn how to find information. The tutorials will help you sharpen your research, critical thinking, and term paper writing skills. ChicoRIO also links to campus computing resources and a tour of the Meriam Library. The sections of ChicoRIO can be completed in any order."

NOTE TO STUDENTS: This is actually a very brief "essay" about web-based instruction (which this course is not) and web pages (which you are reading either "electronically" or in the required Guidebook form. The World Wide Web is an "electronic organism" which has been created by human beings, and as human beings change, the WWW continues to "evolve" over time. Education will radically alter by the time I retire/die and (a) while I try to "keep up" with as much as possible for my students (and myself) I realize that (b) I am behind as soon as I begin! With that in mind, the reader (or viewer) of these pages (either "electronically" or in print") is reminded that this course is not a web-based course but is a "traditional" course, taught on the campus of California State university, Chico, to "traditional" (or perhaps a "semi-traditional" group of) Freshmen, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior students who are sitting in a classroom in for ~sixteen weeks. These web pages contain no frames, no WEB-CT references, no Javascripts, no interactive exams, no streaming video, no Power Point Presentations, and no other "bells-and-whistles" which are current on the WWW but they do contain numerous "live" links which are appropriate for various weeks of the semester-long course. These WWW pages are not meant to be "downloaded" and printed out at home or in a computer laboratory but (a) they are meant to be read in the required printed form and (b) checked on a weekly basis for the updates that will be added throughout the entire semester: it is in updating this Guidebook that the WWW is "alive" (as well as this course and, indeed, all education) and evolving through time. Please note, however, that the pages in this Guidebook do contain numerous "live" links, appropriate for various weeks of the semester-long course (and some links will guide you to sample exams, streaming videos, and Power Point presentations!).

THE READER MAY WELL ASK: Why make these "printed pages" (gasp!) available on the WWW? Why did Urbanowicz go through all-of-the-trouble to place this on the WWW if it is not an interactive course? As The Wall Street Journal on July 20, 1998 pointed out: "It Isn't Entertainment That Makes The Web Shine: It's Dull Data" (Page 1 and page A8). Although I trust that you have not purchased a bound volume of "dull data" but a volume of ideas (with data) I also add that for more than a decade I have been providing my students (in varous lower-and-upper-division courses) with Guidebooks that have "video notes" and "lecture outlines" for the appropriate course that semester. Human beings are "visual creatures" and I use NUMEROUS films, slides, and transparencies (most of which are not included on these web pages) in my classes and since I am comfortable with the Guidebook format, I continue to place the Guidebook on "the web" (with numerous links) for students. I encourage all readers of these pages to "weigh" all of the information very carefully: contrast and compare what you know with what is being presented and please consider the following from The Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1999, page 1 & A11):

"Who invented the telephone? Microsoft Corp's Encarta multimedia encyclopedia on CD-ROM has an answer to that simple question. Rather, two answers. Consult the U.S., U.K., or German editions of Encarta and you find the expected one: Alexander Graham Bell. But look at the Italian version and the story is strikingly different. Credit goes to Antonio Meucci, an impoverished Italian-American candlemaker who, as the Italian-language Encarta tells it, beat Bell to the punch by five years. Who's right? Depends on where you live. ... in the age of the Internet, the issue of adapting products to local markets is raising trickier problems. Technology and globalization are colliding head-on with another powerful force: history. Perhaps nowhere is this conflict more apparent than in information as with Microsoft's Encarta, which has nine different editions, including one in British English and one in American. It's Microsoft's peculiar accomplishment that it has so mastered the adaptation of its products to different markets that they reflect different, sometimes contradictory, understandings of the same historical events. 'You basically have to rewrite all of the content,' says Dominique Lempereur, who, from her Paris office, oversees the expansion of Microsoft's education-related products to foreign markets. 'The translation is almost an accessory.' ... Consistency is clearly not Encarta's goal, and that's something of a controversial strategy. Encyclopedia Britannica, for example, has a policy of investigating contradictions across its editions and deciding on a standard presentation. Where it can establish a fact that is internationally solid, 'we go with that, and present other interpretations as need be,' says Dale Holberg, Britannica's editor in Chicago. His staff has looked into the Meucci question. Their verdict: Bell still gets the credit, world-wide, for inventing and patenting the electric telephone. ... Microsoft, as a technology conglomerate, has an interest in not stirring up controversies that endanger the sale of its other products. But the universaility of the Web also frustrates efforts to localize content. And there remains the possibility that it will bring about pressure for one universally aplicable version of history. Perhaps one day Mr. Meucci will share space with Alexander Graham Bell in all of the Encartas [stress added]." Kevin J. Delaney, 1999, Microsoft's Encarta Has Different Facts For Different Folks. The Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1999, page 1 & A11. 

ALTHOUGH THE ELECTRONIC WORLD is changing very rapidly, and one might question the value of the "printed word" (considering the number of "electronic books" currently on "the web" such as the Bible or Darwin and 1000s of other available from sources such as the INCREDIBLE Books on Line and Project Gutenberg), there will always (I honestly believe as of this writing), a place for the "printed page" that you can hold in your hands, that YOU can read in bed, read outside when the electricity goes off, or read when you can't make an Internet connection to read the Web pages located in cyberspace! In short, while the ephemeral culture of the WWW is extremely important, the tangible culture of a physical object is just as important and I follow some of the thoughts in the Library of Congress: Litera scripta manet, or the written (or physically published) word endures! Incidentally, as with EVERYTHING, double-check the written (printed) word as well.

Please: the reader of this Guidebook is strongly encouraged to process, question, read, search, and think about various issues and ideas throughout the semester. As Clark Kerr stated: "The university is not engaged in making ideas safe for students. It is engaged in making students safe for ideas [stress added]." The University and the Internet and the World Wide Web and Cyberspace are changing the very environment "we" all interact in and the "web" should point to new sources. This is how I have personally envisioned this web-related Guidebook (of ~61,229 words): it is a GUIDE to other resources to explore on your own to prepare for your individual futures. Please consider your own age, where you wish to go in the future, and please ponder the following:

"It's a cliche of the digital age: Parents wonder how children so helpless in the real world can navigate the virtual world with such skill. Using computers is second nature to most kids--and with good reason, according to many neurologists. Being exposed to the wired world at early ages is effectively wiring children's brains differently, giving them an ease and comfort with computers that adults may never match. Will the new millennium see the generation gap turn into the digital divide? ... The cognitive gap is likely to continue well into the future, even as today's cyberkids become tomorrow's parents. While kids are growing up with brains well suited to the digital world of today, as adults they are likely to face the difficult task of adapting to a future where technology evolves even more rapidly--and more profoundly--than it does today [stress added]." Yocki J. Dreazen & Rachel Emma Silverman, 2000, Raised In Cyberspace. January 1, 2000, The Wall Street Journal, page R47.

FINALLY, please think about these words and why I may have chosen them:

"If by some fiat I had to restrict all this writing to one sentence, this is the one I would choose: The summit of Mt. Everest is marine limestone." John McPhee, 1998, Annals of the Former World (NY: Farrar, Straus and Giroux), page 124.

On May 12, 2003, the FINAL items were added to these pages:

"The question is, does the educated citizen know he [and she] is only a cog in an ecological mechanism? That if he will work with that mechanism his mental wealth and his material wealth will expand indefinitely? But that if he refuses to work with it, it will ultimately grind him to dust? If education does not teach us these things, then what is education for? [stress added]." Aldo Leopold, 1949, A Sand County Almanac With Essays on Conservation from Round River (1966 Sierra Club/Ballantine Books Edition), page 210.

AS MENTIONED IN CLASS on May 7, 2003, from The San Francisco Chronicle of that date (page 17): "The biggest difference between Marin County women with breast cancer and their neighbors without the disease is the amount of alcohol they consume - - with the heaviest drinkers raising their risk almost fourfold, researchers report. ...The full study is available online at http://breast-cancer-research.com/home = Click on "Open Access."

AND FROM MAY 7, 2003: "Cyber-life obeys Darwinian theory: Computer simulation lets digital organisms evolve" By Robert Roy Britt = "RESEARCHERS PRODDED and annoyed lifelike digital entities over more than 15,000 generations to learn that evolution among simple creatures is in fact based on the Darwinian notion of survival of the fittest, and that the progress is plodding. 'The little things, they definitely count,' says Richard Lenski, a Michigan State University evolutionary biologist who worked with a team of scientists from diverse backgrounds in creating and fostering artificial life inside a computer [stress added]" From: http://www.msnbc.com/news/910521.asp?0si=-&cp1=1 [and the story continues]

REMEMBER the update from February 10, 2003:

"Travel teaches seven important lessons [according to Arthur Frommer, age 76, author of travel books].... 1. Travelers learn that all people in the world are basically alike. ... 2. Travelers discover that everyone regards himself or herself as wiser and better than other people in the world. ... 3. Travel makes us care about strangers. ... 4. Travel teaches that not everyone shares your beliefs. ... 5. Travelers learn that there is more than one solution to a problem. ... 6. Travel teaches you to be a minority. ... 7. Travel teaches humility." Larry Bleiberg, 2003, Among Travel's Seven Important Lessons is Humility. The Sacramento Bee, February 2, 2003, page M3.

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTThree.htm to assist you in examination #3.

INCIDENTALLY, some of you might find an article entitled "The ABCs of College Loans: Between low rates and rebates you can cut your interest costs to as low as 2%" by Ann Tergesen in Business Week of May 12, 2003 (pages 104-106). 

AND CHECK OUT, if you wish, an article (by Dan Walters) in The Sacramento Bee (page A3) of May 6, 2003 entitled "Count on 600,000 more Californias a year, 6 million in a decade."

Once again, your final EXAM (III) is worth 30% of your eventual grade, and it is either on WEDNESDAY May 21, 2003 for ANTH 13-02 (which has been meeting in Butte 319) from 12->1:50pm or FRIDAY May 23, 2003 for ANTH 13-01 (which has been meeting in Ayres 106) from 8->9:50am.

PLEASE REMEMBER that there are "sample questions" for the EXAM III (30%) in the Guidebook (pages 81-82): What is Earth Abides all about? Is it well-written? If so, why? If not, why not? What is the inspiration for the novel? What are the major themes in Earth Abides? Do any similar stories come to mind? What can you state about the future of mankind? What does anthropology contribute to an understanding of Homo sapiens?

"My reasons for hope are fourfold: (1) the human brain; (2) the resilience of nature; (3) the energy and enthusiasm that is found or can be found or can be kindled among young people worldwide; and (4) the indomitable human spirit [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 233.

"You may not believe in evolution, and that is all right. How we humans came to be the way we are is far less important than how we should act now to get out of the mess we have made for ourselves. How should the mind that can contemplate God relate to our fellow beings, the other life-forms of the world? What is our human responsibility? And what, ultimately, is our human destiny? [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 2.

To place things in some perspective, please consider the words of Charles Schultz (1912-2000): "Don't worry about the world coming to an end today. It's already tomorrow in Australia."

"A pessimist sees the difficulty in every opportunity; an optimist sees the opportunity in every difficulty." Sir Winston Churchill [1874-1965].

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)

Note: It took eight days for "scientists to identify the virus that causes SARS [Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome]" and three years "to identify HIV, the pathogen that causes AIDS." Anon., 2003, Time, April 28, 2003, page 25.

"In terms of sheer numbers, the SARS epidemic so far pales in comparison to other worldwide epidemics. The Spanish flu of 1918-1919 killed roughly 30 million people, including about 675,000 Americans. Over the past 20 years, the slow-motion funeral march of AIDS has carried off 20 million people; 40 million more are poised to die in the next decade [stress added]." Steve Sternberg, 2003, World health experts treat SARS as if it's the Big One. USA Today, April 24, 2003, pages 1-2, page 2.

AND FROM Earth Abides: "The headlines told him what was most essential. The United States from coast to coast was overwhelmed by the attack of some new and unknown disease of unparalleled rapidity of spread, and fatality. Estimates for various cities, admitterdly little more than guesses, indicated that between 25 percent and 35 percent of the population had already died. ... In its symptoms the disease was like a kind of super-measles. No one was sure in what part of the world it had originated; aided by airplane travel, it had sprung up almost simultaneously in every center of civilization, outrunning all attempts at quarantine [stress added]." George R. Stewart, 1949, Earth Abides (NY: Fawcett Crest), page 13.

AND FROM The Sacramento Bee, Sunday April 27, 2003} http://www.sacbee.com/static/live/news/projects/denial/ [Special Report on the Environment} California and the "State of Denial" and "Environmental Legacy"]

http://www.cdc.gov/travel/ [USA Center for Disease Control} Travel Information+]  

Several of you have expressed an interest in what I think your grade is, to date, based on EXAM I (20%), your WRITING ASSIGNMENT (20%), EXAM II (25%), and Class Participation to date (5%). These numbers add up to 70% of your grade to date and your final is the additional 30% of your total grade.

Please feel free to send me an e-mail (curbanowicz@csuchico); please place in the SUBJECT of your e-mail message "Grade Check" and in your message please provide me with your Section (Ayres Hall or Butte Hall) as well as your Social Security Number, so I have an indication that it-is-you requesting this information; I will then reply to you with what I think is your approximate grade to date.

Once again, your final EXAM (III) is worth 30% of your eventual grade, and it is either on WEDNESDAY May 21, 2003 for ANTH 13-02 (which has been meeting in Butte 319) from 12->1:50pm or FRIDAY May 23, 2003 for ANTH 13-01 (which has been meeting in Ayres 106) from 8->9:50am.

PLEASE REMEMBER that there are "sample questions" for the EXAM III (30%) in the Guidebook: What is Earth Abides all about? Is it well-written? If so, why? If not, why not? What is the inspiration for the novel? What are the major themes in Earth Abides? Do any similar stories come to mind? What can you state about the future of mankind? What does anthropology contribute to an understanding of Homo sapiens?

INCIDENTALLY, my "Office hours" during Finals Week (May 19->23) will be Monday 5/19/03 from 10am->Noon, Wednesday 5/21/03 from 10am->Noon and Friday 5/23/03 from 10am->11am.

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTTwo.htm to assist you in the examination on April 18, 2003. (Incidentally, I am well aware that "older" versions of my ANTH 13 Exams exist "out there" - I return them to you so you can learn from any mistakes; by all means, if you have access to "old" exams, do look at them; but r.e.m.e.m.b.e.r to read and study for EXAM II as if you might be faced with BRAND NEW EXAMINATION QUESTIONS - which could well be the case!)!

"An overwhelming majority of a miniscule number of Chico State University students decided everybody on campus will be paying higher fees at least through 2009. By a margin of 749 to 42, students at Chico State approved a referendum calling for a $14-a-semester fee to fund campus athletics. The total voter turnout amounted to 4.9 percent of the 16,251 eligible students[stress added]." Roger H. Aylworth, 2002, minority Rules: Chico State Approves Sports Fee. Enterprise-Record, May 11, 2002, page 1.

Larry Ellison (ORACLE) has the following to say in an article in The Wall Street Journal of April 8, 2003: How to Survive the Coming [tech company] Shaketout: Recognize that simpler is better. ... Don't reinvent the wheel. ... Take advantage of proven technology. ... Remember specialization of labor and economies of scale. ... Take cues from the customers." Mylene Mangalindan, 2003, Larry Ellison's Sober Vision. The Wall Street Journal, April 8, 2003, page B1 and page B4, page B1.

FINALLY, from an April 14, 2003 Business Week article entitled "One Scary Bug: A New Virus from Asia raises a host of unnerving questions." ... "And as nature constantly reshuffles the genes in her microbial repertoire, new diseases or variations of old ones keep appearing in new places at an alarming rate. The 'Nipah' virus jumped from pigs to humans in Malaysia in 1998, for instance, killing 105 people before being stamped out. West Nile virus swepat across the U.S. last year, killing 277 people. 'It is the nature of these organisms to change [EVOLUTION!] in order to survive,' explains Dr. john B. Bruss, Pharmacia Corp's clinical director for infectious disease research in Kalamazoo, mich. 'As they change [or EVOLVE!], they can become more pathogenic to humans.' And a global urbanization and travel continue to increase, 'this type of worldwide outbreak will be more prevalent,' says Dr. Neil O. Fishman, director of health-care epidemiology and infection control and the university of Pennsylvania Medical Center [stress added]." John Carey et. al, 2003, One Scary Bug: A New Virus from Asia raises a host of unnerving questions. Business Week, April 14, 2003, pages 56-57, page 56.

"Colleges will not, of course, disappear--but over time they will be dramatically altered in nature as students and professors adopt cyberspace as their primary window into the laboratory of life. The distinctions between academic and applied research will become blurred as academic and commercial researchers begin to tap into the same sources of information and exchange in cyberspace [stress added]." David B. Whittle, 1997, Cyberspace: The Human Dimension (NY: W.H. Freeman), page 217.

"With verbal reports, much of the data gets lost in translation. Most people aren't trained to listen. Given the complexity of our mental processes, the recipient tunes out, blocks, forgets, or misinterprets eighty percent of what's been said. Take any fifteen minutes' worth of conversation and try to reconstruct it later and you'll see what I mean. If the communication has any emotional content whatever, the quality of the information retained degrades even further [stress added]." Sue Grafton, 1998, N Is For Noose (NY: Henry Holt and Company), page 23.

And consider the information on research concerning SARS [Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome] on March 31, 2003:

"In the gleaming new laboratory of 33-year old Joseph DeRisi at UCSF, the latest version of his virus-screening technology was barely out of the box when the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention came calling. ... 'My real passion is to find new viruses and to find connections between disease states and viruses,' said DeRisi, an assistant professor of biochemistry and biophysics. His lab's quick work has put a spotlight on so-called microarrays, an exciting new technology.... DeRisi's microarray is an ordinary 1- by 3-inch microscope slide, on which 12,000 different samples of genetic material have been deposited with the same precision used to etch electronic circuits in a semiconductor chip. Each sample appears as a microscopic dot on the slide, the dots organized into squares of precisely 400 dots per square. In fact, the robots that 'pick and place' each sample from a small reservoir onto its spot on the slide are descendants of the machines used to build electronic chips. When a sample of viral genes is washed over the [1- by 3-inch microscope slide], each of those 12,000 dots seemingly reaches out for pieces of viral gene that match. When a match is made, the viral gene clings to the dot like a burr to wool, and all that is left are the genes and their matching dots. Before the sample is applied to the slide, the viral genes are also impregnated in the lab with a chemical that glows under a laser. So when the slide is rinsed, dried and placed in a laser scanner, the dots that have found a matching gene glow like tiny lightbulbs. A computer program can quickly analyze the glowing portions of the slide. The pattern of glowing dots is unique for each virus and can be read by a scanner like a bar code, calling out the precise viral strain that matches. At a press conference announcing that a coronavirus was now the prime suspect, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Dr. Julie Gerberding hailed the DeRisi lab microarray as 'the absolute state-of-the-art probe for vital genes' [stress added]." Sabin Russell, 2003, Virus detective's big break: Fast work identifies outbreak's source. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 31, 2003, page A8.

"It took only a few dry coughs to spread a mysterious respiratory illness to clusters of health workers in Asia and to kill the World Health Organization doctor who first identified it. And it took only a few airplane passengers for the illness to reach 15 countries in Asia, North America and Europe." Lawrence K. Altman, M.D., 2003, Step by Step, Scientists Track Mystery Ailment. The New York Times, April 1, 2003, Page D1 + D6, page D6.

http://www.who.int/csr/don/2003_03_21/en/ [World Health Organization: SARS]

"SAN JOSE, California (CNN) -- Three of five people who reported symptoms similar to Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, after a trans-Pacific flight Friday were taken by ambulance to a hospital, the Santa Clara County Health Department said. Two of the passengers were evaluated aboard the aircraft by county health department doctors and were determined not to have SARS. The remaining people on the plane, American Airlines Flight 128 nonstop from Tokyo to San Jose, will be allowed to leave, the health department said. Those not hospitalized will be told to watch for cold or respiratory problems and take their temperatures regularly. They have been told to go to their own doctors immediately if they show symptoms of SARS, said health department spokeswoman Joy Alexiou. The pilot of the plane had asked all 125 passengers and 14 crew members to stay on the plane after it arrived at San Jose International Airport, because several of them reported symptoms similar to the disease, according to an airline spokesman and the health department. Lea Brooks, a spokeswoman for the California State Health Department, said the incident was not a quarantine, but was voluntary for all those on board. 'Upon landing, the captain was informed of passengers who need medical attention. The aircraft is parked remotely,' said airline spokesman Todd Burke. The 'mystery illness' with cold-like symptoms has sickened some 1,800 people worldwide, and is blamed for the deaths of at least 62, most of those in Hong Kong and mainland China. Canadian health officials Tuesday announced two more people have died from the ailment, bringing the death toll in that country to six, according to The Associated Press. What and how: The main symptoms of SARS are high fever (greater than 38 Celsius or 100.4 Fahrenheit), combined with a dry cough, shortness of breath, or breathing difficulties. Chest X-rays indicate changes compatible with pneumonia. Other possible symptoms include headache, muscular stiffness, loss of appetite, malaise, confusion, rash and diarrhea. Experts believe SARS spreads through close contact with an infected person, such as between family members or between patient and doctor. It is still unknown what sort of virus or bacteria causes the illness. Scientists are focusing on the coronavirus family, which causes common colds, although other possibilities also are being explored. The incubation period -- the length of time between exposure and symptoms emerging--is estimated to range from two to seven days [stress added]." from: http://www.cnn.com/2003/HEALTH/04/01/sars.plane/ [Tuesday, April 1, 2003 Posted: 4:39 PM EST (2139 GMT]

"'Americans look on history as an academic exercise,' [Tony] Lake [National Security Advisor during President Bill Clinton's first term] says. 'In fact, history is an important guide to practical results [stress added].'" Anon., 2003, U.S. should pay heed to Iraq's history. USA Today, March 28, 2003, page 11A.

As mentioned in class, some of the following publications might be of interest to some individuals:

Robert B. Stinnett, 2000, Day of Deceit: The Truth About FDR And Pearl Harbor (NY: Free press).
Iris Change, 1997, The Rape of Nanking: the Forgotten Holocaust of World War II (Penguin Books).
James Rusbridger and Eric Nave, 1991, Betrayal At Pearl Harbor: How Churchill Lured Roosevelt Into WW II (NY: Summit Books).
Peter Williams and David Wallace, 1989, Unit 731: Japan's Secret Biological Warfare in World War II.
Robin W. Winks, 1987, Cloak & Gown: Scholars In The Secret War, 1939-1961 (NY: William Morrow & Co.)
Robert K. Wilcox, 1985, Japan's Secret War (NY: Morrow).
John J. Stephan, 1984, Hawaii Under the Rising Sun: Japan's Plans For Conquest After Pearl Harbor (Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press).
Charles Higham, 1983, Trading With the Enemy: An Exposé of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949 (NY: Dell).
Saburo Ienaga, 1968, The Pacific War 1931-1945: A Critical Perspective on Japan's Role in World War II [1978 translation; NY: Pantheon Books].

On "Alternative" Histories:

Len Deighton, 1992, SS-GB (MA; Curley Pub).
Robert Harris, 1992, Fatherland (Harper Paperbacks).
Phillip K. Dick,1962, The Man In The High Castle (NY: Popular Library).
MacKinlay Kantor, 1961, If The South had Won The Civil War (NY: Bantam Books).

April 9th, Wednesday - Conscientious Consumerism: Richer Lives Through Simple Living - lecture by Dr. Mark Stemen, 4-5pm Ayres 120
April 10-11 - Recycled Product Trade Show in Sacramento.
April 17th, Thursday - Speaker: John Peterson Myers, coauthor of Our Stolen Future. BMU auditorium, 7pm
April 19th, Saturday - Ecofest, day filled with live music and environmental info. Rose Garden, 12pm-6pm
April 22nd, Tuesday - Eco-Information Day, free speech area, 10am-3pm
April 23rd, Wednesday - Veggie Burger Feed, free speech area, 12pm-3pm
April 24th, Thursday - Children's Environmental Faire, Kendall Hall Lawn, 10am-2pm

"Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia was lauded by a Cleveland club Wednesday [March 19, 2003] as a champion of free speech. But then he insisted that television and radio reporters leave the room before he spoke to the lunch crowd on his views of the U.S. Constitution. ... While free-speech exdperts were not surprised to hear he had banned TV cameras, several said they were surprised to hear he's won a First Amendment award. 'I'm mystified by that. He is not a person I would consider to be champion of free expressions,' said Jane Kirtley, a University of Minnesota law professor [stress added]." Anon., 2003, A twist to Scalia free-speech award. The Sacramento Bee, March 20, 2003, page A14.

Note from USA Today of March 19, 2003 and the "cost" of some of the weapons currently being used in Iraq: JSOW bomb (Joint Standoff Weapon) costs $150,000 apiece; JDAM bomb (Joint Direct Attack Munition) costs $20,000 apiece; Paveway III (Laser-guided bomb) costs $55,600 apiece; and a Guided Bomb Unit-15 (Television-guided bomb) costs $195,000 apiece. (See John Diamond and Dave Monitz, 2003, Military outlines plan for fast and furious fight. USA Today, March 19, 2003, page 4A.

ON a definition of CULTURE: "...it denotes an historically transmitted pattern of meanings embodied in symbols, a system of inherited conceptions expressed in symbols, a system of inherited conceptions expressed in symbolic forms by means of which men [and women!] communicate, perpetuate, and develop their knowledge and attitudes towards life [stress added]." Clifford Geertz [born 1926], 1973, The Interpretation of Cultures (NY: Basic Books), page 89.

http://www.quatloosia.com/ [Cyber-Museum of Scams and Frauds]

http://www.dumbwarnings.com/ [Dumb Warnings]

"Ten years ago [in 1993], Marc Andreesen [then 21 years old] was making $6.85 an hour at a computer lab. He went on to found Netscape. That changed everything. ... his belly spilled out of rag-tag clothes, and he littered his car with fast-food wrappers. Now, he is slim and stylishly dressed. Parked outside is his impeccably clean Mercedes coupe. ... In 1993, the Internet was almost solely used by academic research scientists and the military. Navigating it required memorizing arcane text commands. Only a few years before [1991], in a research lab in Switzerland, Tim Berners-Lee [born in 1955] created the hypertext links that formed the basis for the World Wide Web, but that was still text-only and not meant for research. No one had created a visual way to navigate the Net. There was no way to put up images. Andreesen, Totic, Mittelhauser and a cabal of students worked part-time at the university's [University of Illinois at Urbana-Champagne] famed computer lab, the National Center for Supercomputing Applications (NCSA). There, the idea of a visual browser bubbled to the surface. Andreesen and fellow NCSA worker Eric Bina grabbed it. The concept, Andreesen says, 'was just there, waiting for somebody to actually do it. The two slammed together the code for the first graphical browser. On March 14, 1993, Andreesen put it on NCSA's Internet site. He introduced it: 'NCSA Mosaic provides a consistent and easy-to use hypermedia-based interface into a wide variety of information sources [stress added]." Kevin Maney, 2003, "Ten years ago, who knew what his code would do?" USA Today, March 10, 2003, pagesB1 + B2.

"First U.S. web site created 10 years ago. MENLO PARK (AP) - Ten years ago, a Stanford University physicist created the first U.S. web site - three lines of text, with one link to e-mail and another lionk to a huge scientific database. Paul Kunz's basic Web site, which first appeared Dec. 12, 1991, was the first U.S. site on the World Wide Web, which was then just a year old. ... 'I don't think, 10 years ago, anyone foresaw it would grow this fast,' Kunz said. 'There's a whole generation of people growing up who think the Web's always existed.' ... [stress added]." Anon., 2001, The Chico Enterprise-Record, December 4, 2001, page 4B.

"[The human mind] operates by association. With one item in its grasp, it snaps instantly to the next that is suggested by the association of thoughts, in accordance with some intricate web of trails carried by the cells of the brain. It has other characteristics, of course; trails that are not frequently followed are prone to fade, items are not fully permanent, memory is transitory. Yet the speed of action, the intricacy of trails, the detail of mental pictures, is awe-inspiring beyond all else in nature [stress added]."Vanevar Bush, 1945, "As We May Think." The Atlantic Monthly, July 1945 [and see: http://www.theatlantic.com/unbound/flashbks/computer/bushf.htm]

NOTE from Business Week, March 10, 2003: "When Napster surfaced in 1999, a gigabyte of storage--enough to hold around 250 MP3 songs--cost $12.27 wholesale. Now, it's down to $1.15, according to IDC. With storage this cheap, it's easy for RCA to stuff 20 gigabytes into a $400 handheld personal video recorder, which can handle 80 hours of video" [and] "One gigabyte, enough to hold 260 MP3 songs, costs $1.15 now and could be 48¢ by 2005 [stress added]." Heather green, 2003, "A real Hollywood horrow story." Business Week, March 10, 2003, pages 67-68, page 68. [And see: http://www.idcresearch.com/]

"China's recycle workers suffer: Health issues mount as West's computers are illegally imported and disassembled. ... In the United States, where more than 40 million computers became obsolete in 2001 alone.... [stress added]." Peter S. Goodman, 2003, The Sacramento Bee, March 3, 2003, page 1.

"A school-based program discouraging television and video game use makes grade-school children less aggressive, a Stanford University Study suggests." Associated Press, 2001, Want Less Aggressive Kids? Study Suggests Turning Off The Tube. The Chico Enterprise-Record, January 15, 2001, Page 1 and Page 5A, page 1.

"Long ago, in the days before grown-ups learned how to say 'mission statement,' Mr. Rogers wrote down the things he wantedt to encourage in his audience. Self-esteem, self-control, imagination, creativity, curiosity, appreciation of diversity, cooperation, tolerance for waiting, and persistence [stress added]." Daniel Lewis, 2003, Mr. Rogers, TV's Friend For Children, Is Dead At 74. The New York Times, February 28, 2003, Pages A1 + A27, page A27. [And see: http://www.misterrogers.org/]

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/ANTH13SP2003TESTOne.htm to assist you in the examination on February 28, 2003. (Incidentally, I am well aware that "older" versions of my ANTH 13 Exams exist "out there" - I return them to you so you can learn from any mistakes; by all means, if you have access to "old" exams, do look at them; but r.e.m.e.m.b.e.r to read and study for EXAM I (and eventually EXAM II and EXAM III) as if you might be faced with BRAND NEW EXAMINATION QUESTIONS - which could well be the case!)!

"New dates from an important archaeological site in Australia have removed a serious challenge to a theory about the origin of modern humans. The site is lake Mungo, in southeastern Australia....A new survey of the Lake Mungo site has revised the date of the burial to 42,000 years ago. ... This date is much more consistent with my view of the 'out of Africa' event ["Eve hypothesis] that occurs around 50,000 years ago. [stress added]." Nicholas Wade, 2003, Revisions in dating of grave site revive 'out of Africa' idea. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 20, 2003, page A2. [And see: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/02/20/MN231453.DTL as well as http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/02/19/MN224306.DTL]

PS: From The San Francisco Chronicle of February 21, 2003: "The serious outbreak of staphylococcus infections resistant to antibiotic treatment.... The more an antibiotic is used, the more quickly bacteria mutate and develop resistance to the antibiotic [EVOLUTION!]. This resistance crisis is growing because of the overuse of antibiotics both in human medicine (the largest single cause of antibiotic resisance) and in animal agriculture (a lesser known but significant cause as well) [stress added]. Stephan E. Follansbee, 2003, Weak Links in the Food Chain: Antibiotic alert. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 21, 2003, page A25. [And see: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/02/21/ED19071.DTL]

"The worst case of plagiarism on record at Chico State University was when someone copied and turned in an entire master's thesis. With plagiarism said to be on the rise here and nationwide, the university, along with representatives from the Associated Students government, has been meeting to discuss the matter of plagiarism on campus and what to do about it. ... When the CSU signed up with Turnitin.com on a trial basis last year, a search of 1,150 papers found 46 of them [4%] had 70 to 100 percent of their text matching papers in the site's database [stress added]." Devanie Angel, 2003, Cheaters are never beaters. The Chico News and Review, February 13, 2003, page 9.

"Designers traditionally choose textiles based on their beauty, strength or cost. Now they can choose them based on their ability to conduct electricity. These days, some including chemical giant DuPont, are producing yars that can transmit electrical signals or current. The yarns, made of synthetic or metallic fibers are woven or knitted into cotton or polyester to produce a new type of cloth known as electrotextiles. ... Electrotextiles may soon be a reality not only in blankets and car seats, but in shirts, trousers and jackets, too [stress added]." Anne Eisenberg, 2003, For the Smart Dresser, Electric Threads That Cosset You. The New York Times, February 6, 2003, page E5.

"In 2001 there were 591,000 [computer] laptops reported stolen--up from 53% the previous year (desktop computer thefts, by contrast, are falling [stress added]." Chris Taylor, 2003, Time, February 3, 2003, page 71. [NOTE: this means, that on the "average" a total of 1,617 laptops are stolen every day or 67/hour.]

"As graduation approaches, many of you are probably deciding what awaits you after Chico. If you are thinking that you want to make a difference when you graduate, if you are interested in protecting the environment and fighting for the public interest, I may have an opportunity for you. The State PIRGs and Environment California are hiring motivated college graduates to: protect wilderness areas; fight for clean air and water; work for campaign finance reform; protect individuals from identity theft and privacy violations; and work on many other public interest issues. We have full-time, career positions throughout California and all over the country that we are looking to fill. I am going to be on campus on February 24 and 25 to meet students interested in these positions and set up interviews. If you think you may be interested in careers with us, to find out more, or to set up a meeting, contact me at kmadigan@pirg.org <mailto:kmadigan@pirg.org> or call 213-251-3680 x315. You can also visit our website at www.pirg.org/jobs. Best, Kate Madigan, State PIRGs Safe Foods Advocate, 3435 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 385, Los Angeles, CA 90010, 213-251-3680 x315"

CONSIDER THESE WORDS} "The notion that the world around us is continuously evolving is a platitude; we rarely grasp its full implications. ... If we were to grasp the true nature of nature--if we could comprehend the real meaning of evolution --then we would envision a world in which every living plant, insect, and animal species is changing at every instant, in response to every other living plant, insect, and animal. Whole populations of organisms are rising and falling, shifting and changing. ... The fact that the biosphere responds unpredictably to our actions is not an argument for inaction. It is, however, a powerful argument for caution, and for adopting a tentative attitude toward all we believe, and all we do. Unfortunately, our species has demonstrated a striking lack of caution in the past. It is hard to imagine that we will behave differently in the future. We think we know what we are doing. We have always though so. We never seem to acknowledge that we have been wrong in the past, and so might be wrong in the future. Instead, each generation writes off earlier errors as the result of bad thinking by less able minds--and then confidently embarks on fresh errors of its own [stress added]." Michael Crichton, 2002, introduction essay entitled "Artificial Evolution in the Twenty-first Century" in Prey (NY: HarperCollins), pages ix-xii pages ix-x.

"If you want to inform yourself about the single most important factor influencing California's present and future, enter www.dof.ca.gov in your Internet browser and look at the state's newest compilation of popultation data. ... July [2002], California's population stood at 35.3 million, a yearly gain of 603,000 or 1.74 percent..... The 2001-02 growth consisted of 528,151 birthd--just over one a minute--offet by 232,790 deaths, but augmented by 307,640 immigrants.... California's population growth, about 1,650 people each day [~13.75/minute], is not occuring evenly in the state.... [stress added]." Dan Walters, 2003, State's Past, Present and Future Found in Population Figures. The Sacramento Bee, February 2, 2003, page A3.

"Human evolution is the most passionate aspect of the evolution-creation debate [stress added]." Larry A. Whitham, 2002, Where Darwin Meets the Bible: Creationists And Evolutionists In America (Oxford University Press), page 242.

"Travel teaches seven important lessons [according to Arthur Frommer, age 76, author of travel books].... 1. Travelers learn that all people in the world are basically alike. ... 2. Travelers discover that everyone regards himself or herself as wiser and better than other people in the world. ... 3. Travel makes us care about strangers. ... 4. Travel teaches that not everyone shares your beliefs. ... 5. Travelers learn that there is more than one solution to a problem. ... 6. Travel teaches you to be a minority. ... 7. Travel teaches humility." Larry Bleiberg, 2003, Among Travel's Seven Important Lessons is Humility. The Sacramento Bee, February 2, 2003, page M3.

"But the trouble with Elizy Boman and soldiers like him is that they are forgotten, written out of history. 'I had to think,' [Yosemite Park Ranger, Shelton] Johnson said, 'why do we remember what we do? Who has the power over what is written down? 'But it's all there,' he said, 'all in the primary documents.' One of his favorites is Charles Young, who was only the third black American to graduate from West Point. Besides his duty in Sequoia, Young served in the Philippines and as a military attache in Haiti. As a major in the campaign against Pancho Villa in Mexico, he led his troops on a cavalry charge. It was one of the last horse cavalry chanrges in the history of the U.S. Army. Young, who rose to the rank of colonel, spoke six languages, including Latin and Greek, and was a professor of military science at Wilberforce University in Ohio. 'When he died in 1922, every African American school in the country closed in his honor,' Johnson said. 'W.E.B. DuBois [1868-1963]gave his eulogy at Arlington. I thought if Charles Young could be forgotten, what about men like Elizy Boman [stress added]." Carl Nolte, 2003, Buffalo Soldiers' tour of duty in Sierra national parks. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 1, 2003, Pages 1 and A5, page A5.

"I hate Black History Month. It bothers me that, like Groundhog Day, black history is treated as a novelty of the Gregorian Calendar and is reduced to an observance that captures the nation's notice only during the year's shortest month. It really troubles me that the celebration of black history and culture that educator Carter G. Woodson [1875-1950] launched in 1926 has become for much of Hollywood--this country's most influential molder of images--little more than a commerical afterthought. ... Why shouldn't they [Hollywood] escape the bog of Black History Month by making a movie about the largely forgotten Civil War battle of Chapins Farm in which nine black union soldiers won the Medal of Honor? Why not tell the story of Daniel 'Chappie' James, the black fighter pilot who flew 101 combat missions during the Korean War and in 78 in Vietnam, then went on to become this nation's first black four-star general? Such movies could swell the pride of African-Americans-and give many whites a better understanding of the contributions blacks have made that deserve to be celebrated throughout the year [stress added]." DeWayne Wickham, 2003, Film Enlivens Dull Month. USA Today, February 4, 2003, page 15A.

"On a campus where diversity thrives, students develop an understanding of different cultures. That enables them, as tomorrow's business leaders, to 'appeal to a variety of consumers' and work with colleagues and clientele from many ethnic backgrounds.... [stress added]." Roger O. Crockett, 2003, Memo to the Supreme Court: "Diversity Is Good Business.'" Business Week, January 27, 2003, page 96.

"No longer a subject only of computer forecasts and speculation, effects of climate change are visible right now in the growth and migration paterns of hundreds of species of plants and animals around the world, gauging from two separate scientific studies. From butterflies in California to lichens in the Netherlands, nature is demonstrting a keen sensitivity to the planet's rising temperature, researchers conclude in two papers published today [January 2, 2003] in the journal Nature. 'I truly believe, like a lot of my colleagues, that we're on the brink of mass extinction,' said Terry Root, a Stanford University ecologist who led one of the studies [stress added]." Edie Lau, 2003, Bugs and birds give climate clues. The Sacramento Bee, January 2, 2003, page A1 + A10, page A1.

"Dr. Daniel Pauly of the University of British Columbia says unchecked fish harvesting will leave little in the sea except 'bait and worse' -- the bottom of the food web." Daniel Pauly, 2003, Iconoclast Looks for Fish and Finds Disaster. The New York Times, January 21, 2003, page D1.

http://www.fishbase.org/home.htm [Fishbase: A Global Information System on Fishes]

"The internet has officially celebrated its 20th birthday. On 1 January 1983 the Advanced Research Projects Agency Network (Arpanet) of the US Department of Defence - the forerunner of the internet - was switched to the TCP/IP protocol. This enabled millions of computers to go online instead of the Network Control Protocol (NCP) which limited it to just 1,000 machines [stress added]." Source: http://www.vnunet.com/News/1137772.

Said of Leonardo Da Vinci (1352-1519): "...he also learned to carry a notebook with him at all times and to use it, so that whatever went in through the eye came out through his hand [stress added]." Holland Cotter, 2002,Leonardo: The Eye, The Hand, The Mind." The New York Times, January 24, 2003, pages B35 + B37, page B37.